Engine Control System (HR) : Section

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (HR)

SECTION ECH ECH
E
CONTENTS
HRA2DDT Engine Restart Bypass Relay ..................................18 F
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
PRECAUTION ............................................... 7 Valve ........................................................................18
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor .......18 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........18
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Fuel Injector .............................................................19
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .......................................19
SIONER" ................................................................... 7 H
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ........................................19
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 7 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................19
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 7 High Pressure Fuel Pump .......................................20
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ................. 9 Hood Switch ............................................................20 I
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ......... 9 Ignition Coil ..............................................................20
General Precautions ................................................. 9 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................20
Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor ............................20 J
PREPARATION ........................................... 11 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........21
PREPARATION ..................................................11 Knock Sensor ..........................................................21
Special Service Tools .............................................. 11 Fuel Pump ...............................................................21
K
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .....................................21
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 12 Reverse/Neutral Position Switch .............................21
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................21
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................12 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................22 L
Component Parts Location ...................................... 12 Stop/Start Indicator Lamp ........................................22
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 15 Stop/Start OFF Switch .............................................22
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 15 Thermostat Heater Control Solenoid Valve .............23 M
Camshaft Position Sensor ....................................... 15 Turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve ......23
Clutch Pedal Position Switch .................................. 15 Turbocharger Boost Sensor ....................................23
Clutch Interlock Switch ............................................ 15 Turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve....23 N
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 16
Cooling Fan Resistor ............................................... 16 SYSTEM ............................................................ 24
Crankshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 16
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................24 O
DC/DC Converter .................................................... 16
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
ECM ........................................................................ 16
tion ...........................................................................24
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 16
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve ................................. 17 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL ......................................25 P
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description
Valve ....................................................................... 17 ....25
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 17
Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve ........... 17 POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL ...........26
Engine Restart Relay .............................................. 17 POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL :
Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay ..................... 18 System Description ..................................................26
ECH-1
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM .............................................. 26 STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 48
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM : System Description .......... 26 STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Func-
tion .......................................................................... 48
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................... 27
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 50
Description .............................................................. 27 Precaution for Stop/Start System ............................ 50
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ................... 28 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 51
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Diagnosis Description ............................................. 51
Description .............................................................. 28 CONSULT Function ................................................ 53
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL .................................. 28 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 71
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Descrip-
tion .......................................................................... 28 ECM ................................................................... 71
Reference Value ..................................................... 71
COMBUSTION CONTROL ....................................... 30
DTC Index ............................................................... 86
COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description ... 30
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM ................................ 33

WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 90
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System De- ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 90
scription .................................................................. 34 Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 90
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 34
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 110
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 34
THERMOSTAT CONTROL ....................................... 34

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 110
Work Flow ............................................................. 110
THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description... 34
Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 112
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 34
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ...... 35 BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 114
Work Procedure .................................................... 114
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ......................... 35
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System De- SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
scription .................................................................. 35 ING ENGINE PARTS ........................................ 116
Special Repair Requirement List .......................... 116
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 35
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description ....... 36 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ECM .................................................................. 117
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 43 Description ............................................................ 117
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Work Procedure .................................................... 117
CD) : System Description ....................................... 43
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 119
SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 43
Description ............................................................ 119
SPEED LIMITER : System Description .................. 43
Work Procedure .................................................... 119
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM ........................ 43
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System De-
scription .................................................................. 44
LEARNING ....................................................... 120
Description ............................................................ 120
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 44 Work Procedure .................................................... 120
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 44
FLYWHEEL LEARNING ................................... 121
OPERATION ...................................................... 45 Description ............................................................ 121
Work Procedure .................................................... 121
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 45
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR .. 122
CD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 45 Description ............................................................ 122
Work Procedure .................................................... 122
SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 46
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function ...... 46 IDLE REGULATION CHECK ........................... 123
Description ............................................................ 123
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 47
Work Procedure .................................................... 123
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and
Function .................................................................. 47 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 124
ECH-2
Work Procedure .................................................... 124 P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 149
DTC Logic .............................................................. 149 A
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 126 P0013 EVT CONTROL .................................... 151
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126 ECH
DTC Logic .............................................................. 151
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY
C/U) ................................................................... 129 P0014 EVT CONTROL .................................... 153 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 129 DTC Logic .............................................................. 153
U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 130
DTC Logic ............................................................. 130 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ............... 155 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 DTC Logic .............................................................. 155
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 131 Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen- E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 131
sor) ........................................................................ 156
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC sor) ........................................................................ 156 F
CONVERTER) .................................................. 133 P0017 CKP-CMP CORRELATION ................. 157
DTC Logic ............................................................. 133 DTC Logic .............................................................. 157
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 G
U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTU- Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 158
ATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing H
UNIT)] ............................................................... 134 Control Position Sensor) ........................................ 158
DTC Logic ............................................................. 134
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134 P0033 TC BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SO-
LENOID VALVE .............................................. 159 I
U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 135
DTC Logic .............................................................. 159
DTC Logic ............................................................. 135
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135 J
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Bypass
B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 136 Valve Control Solenoid Valve) ............................... 160
DTC Logic ............................................................. 136
P0089 FRP CONTROL ................................... 161
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136 K
DTC Logic .............................................................. 161
B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
DTC Logic ............................................................. 138
P0090 FRP CONTROL ................................... 162 L
DTC Logic .............................................................. 162
B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 140 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162
DTC Logic ............................................................. 140 Component Inspection ........................................... 163 M
P0095 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 164
B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 142 DTC Logic .............................................................. 164
DTC Logic ............................................................. 142 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142 Component Inspection ........................................... 165
B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 144 P0105 INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SEN-
O
DTC Logic ............................................................. 144 SOR ................................................................. 166
P0001 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ........... 145 P
DTC Logic ............................................................. 145 P0106 INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 SOR ................................................................. 168
DTC Logic .............................................................. 168
P0010 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 147 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
DTC Logic ............................................................. 147
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147 P0115 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 170
DTC Logic .............................................................. 170
ECH-3
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................170 DTC Logic ............................................................. 203
P0120 TP SENSOR ......................................... 172 Component Inspection .......................................... 204
DTC Logic ..............................................................172
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................172 P025A FUEL PUMP ......................................... 205
DTC Logic ............................................................. 205
P012A TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
DTC Logic ..............................................................174
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................174 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313
MISFIRE ............................................................ 207
P0130 HO2S1 .................................................. 177 DTC Logic ............................................................. 207
DTC Logic ..............................................................177 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................177
Component Inspection ...........................................178 P0315 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 209
DTC Logic ............................................................. 209
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
DTC Logic ..............................................................180 Component Inspection .......................................... 210
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) ......................... 211
P0136 HO2S2 .................................................. 182 DTC Logic ............................................................. 211
DTC Logic ..............................................................182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................182 Component Inspection .......................................... 212
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 184 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 213
DTC Logic ..............................................................184 DTC Logic ............................................................. 213
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
P0170 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- Component Inspection .......................................... 214
TION ................................................................. 186 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 215
DTC Logic ..............................................................186 DTC Logic ............................................................. 215
Component Inspection .......................................... 217
P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 189
DTC Logic ..............................................................189 P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354 IGNITION COIL.. 218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................189 DTC Logic ............................................................. 218
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil) .................... 221
TOR .................................................................. 191 Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 222
DTC Logic ..............................................................191
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191 P0365 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
POSITION SENSOR ......................................... 223
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 194
DTC Logic ............................................................. 223
DTC Logic ..............................................................194
Component Function Check ..................................194
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 226
P0220 TP SENSOR ......................................... 197
DTC Logic ............................................................. 226
DTC Logic ..............................................................197
Component Function Check ................................. 226
P0225 APP SENSOR ...................................... 199
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
DTC Logic ..............................................................199
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 228
DTC Logic ............................................................. 228
Component Inspection ...........................................200
P0226 APP SENSOR ...................................... 201 Component Inspection .......................................... 229
DTC Logic ..............................................................201
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Inspection ...........................................202 .. 230
DTC Logic ............................................................. 230
P0243 TC WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLE- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230
NOID VALVE ................................................... 203
ECH-4
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
DTC Logic ............................................................. 233 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 257
DTC Logic .............................................................. 257
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 235 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257
ECH
DTC Logic ............................................................. 235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235 P0657 ECM RELAY ........................................ 259
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) .. 236 DTC Logic .............................................................. 259
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259 C
P0571 STOP LAMP SWITCH .......................... 237
DTC Logic ............................................................. 237 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 261
Component Function Check .................................. 237 DTC Logic .............................................................. 261
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261 D
Component Inspection .......................................... 238 P0703 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 262
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 240 DTC Logic .............................................................. 262 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 240 Component Function Check .................................. 262
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262
Component Inspection ........................................... 264
P0597 THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL F
SOLENOID VALVE .......................................... 242 P0833 CPP SWITCH ....................................... 265
DTC Logic .............................................................. 265
DTC Logic ............................................................. 242
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265 G
Component Inspection ........................................... 267
P0606 ECM ....................................................... 244 P10AA ECM .................................................... 269

DTC Logic .............................................................. 269 H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 244
P060A ECM ...................................................... 245 P1512 STARTER MOTOR .............................. 270 I

Description ............................................................. 270
DTC Logic ............................................................. 245
DTC Logic .............................................................. 270
J
P060B ECM ...................................................... 246
DTC Logic ............................................................. 246
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM ................................... 271
DTC Logic .............................................................. 271
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271 K
P061A ECM ...................................................... 247
DTC Logic ............................................................. 247
P1589 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH . 272
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272 L
P062C ECM ...................................................... 248
DTC Logic ............................................................. 248
P158A CPP SWITCH ...................................... 274
DTC Logic .............................................................. 274 M
P062D ECM ...................................................... 249 Component Inspection ........................................... 276
DTC Logic ............................................................. 249
P160C ECM ..................................................... 278 N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 278
P062E ECM ...................................................... 250 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278
DTC Logic ............................................................. 250 O
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 280
DTC Logic .............................................................. 280
P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280
Component Inspection ........................................... 282 P
ACTUATOR FUNCTION .................................. 251
DTC Logic ............................................................. 251
P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY . 283
DTC Logic .............................................................. 283
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor).. 253
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) .... 253
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 255 Control Relay) ........................................................ 285
DTC Logic ............................................................. 255
ECH-5
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306
Relay) ....................................................................285 Component Inspection .......................................... 307
P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY . 287 HOOD SWITCH ................................................ 309
DTC Logic ..............................................................287 Component Function Check ................................. 309
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Component Inspection .......................................... 310
Control Relay) ........................................................288
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass STOP/START OFF SWITCH ............................ 311
Relay) ....................................................................289 Component Function Check ................................. 311
P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE . 290 Component Inspection .......................................... 312
DTC Logic ..............................................................290
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................291 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 314
Component Inspection ...........................................292
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 314
P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Symptom Table ..................................................... 314
FUNCTION ....................................................... 293
DTC Logic ..............................................................293
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 317
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................293 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 317
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) ....294 Inspection .............................................................. 317
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 318
FUNCTION ....................................................... 295
DTC Logic ..............................................................295 VACUUM LINES ............................................... 318
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................295 Vacuum Layout ..................................................... 318
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) ....296
ECM .................................................................. 319
P2120 APP SENSOR ...................................... 298 Exploded View ...................................................... 319
DTC Logic ..............................................................298 Removal and Installation ....................................... 319
Component Inspection ...........................................299 DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 320
Exploded View ...................................................... 320
P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 301 Removal and Installation ....................................... 320
DTC Logic ..............................................................301
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................301 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY ............. 321
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)..302 Exploded View ...................................................... 321
Removal and Installation ....................................... 321
P2263 TC SYSTEM ......................................... 303
DTC Logic ..............................................................303 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................303 (SDS) ......................................................... 322
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE ........ 305 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DTC Logic ..............................................................305 (SDS) ................................................................ 322
Idle Speed ............................................................. 322
STOP LAMP SWITCH ..................................... 306
Component Function Check ..................................306
ECH-6
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HRA2DDT]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT ECH
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010378999
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni- H
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000010506344
J
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield. K
M
PIIB3706J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010506181

N
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time. O
ECH-7
PRECAUTIONS
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
SEF289H
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL

Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
D4D engine : 20 minutes

K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
ECH-8
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000010506596
A
CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always turn the stop/start
OFF switch ON or open the hood to release the stop/start system. ECH
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000010379001
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the C
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will D
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, E
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-5, "Harness Connec-
tor". F
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube G
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer. H
General Precautions INFOID:0000000010379002
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. I

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF, wait 3 minutes and discon- J
nect battery negative cable. Failure to do so may damage the
ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if igni-
tion switch is turned OFF. K
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery negative cable.
• Do not disassemble ECM.
SEF289H L
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or M
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors. N
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's. O
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
SEF291H
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC's, etc. P
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the crankshaft position sensor.
ECH-9
PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.

• Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
ECH-10
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HRA2DDT]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000010379003
ECH
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
KV10120000 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
D
E
JSBIA0410ZZ
ECH-11
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HRA2DDT]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010379004
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
JSBIA4853ZZ
No. Component Reference

IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay
ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various sen-
sors and the request signals received from control units via CAN
1 IPDM E/R
communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tion location.
2 Turbochager bypass valve control solenoid valve ECH-23, "Turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve"
3 Turbochager wastegate control solenoid valve ECH-23, "Turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve"
4 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECH-18, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
5 Alternator CHG-5, "Alternator"
6 Intake manifold pressure sensor ECH-20, "Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor"
7 Electric throttle control actuator ECH-16, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
ECH-12
COMPONENT PARTS
A
Turbochager boost sensor (with intake air temperature
8 ECH-23, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"
sensor)
9 Food switch ECH-20, "Hood Switch"
ECH
10 Reverse / neutral position switch It detects that the transmission is in reverse and neutral.
11 ECM ECH-16, "ECM"
12 Engine restart bypass relay ECH-18, "Engine Restart Bypass Relay" C
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
D
N
JSBIA4854ZZ

O
1 Ignition coil ECH-20, "Ignition Coil"
2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve ECH-21, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
3 Fuel injector ECH-19, "Fuel Injector" P
4 Engine oil pressure control solenoid valve —
5 Engine oil pressure sensor —
6 Thermostat heater control solenoid valve ECH-23, "Thermostat Heater Control Solenoid Valve"
7 Knock sensor ECH-21, "Knock Sensor"
8 Fuel rail pressure sensor ECH-19, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
ECH-13
COMPONENT PARTS
9 Crankshaft position sensor ECH-16, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
10 Engine coolant temperature sensor ECH-17, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
11 Engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve ECH-17, "Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
12 Camshaft position sensor ECH-15, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
13 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor ECH-18, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
14 High pressure fuel pump ECH-20, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
15 Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECH-19, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
16 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve ECH-18, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
17 Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECH-19, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1"
BODY COMPARTMENT
JSBIA4855ZZ
Radiator assembly Behind front fender protector LH Instrument lower panel

Periphery of pedals Behind of glove upper box assembly
ECH-14
COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Reference A

EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the sealed fuel
1. EVAP canister tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister when the engine is
not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
ECH
2. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECH-21, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
3. Fuel pump ECH-21, "Fuel Pump"
4. ASCD steering switch ECH-15, "ASCD Steering Switch" C
• ECH-21, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp"
5. Combination meter
• ECH-22, "Stop/Start Indicator Lamp"
6. Cooling fan resistor ECH-16, "Cooling Fan Resistor" D
7. Cooling fan ECH-16, "Cooling Fan"
8. Relay box —
E
9. Fuse block (J/B) —
10. Stop/start OFF switch ECH-22, "Stop/Start OFF Switch"
11. Clutch interlock switch ECH-15, "Clutch Interlock Switch" F
12. Clutch pedal position switch ECH-15, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
13. Accelerator pedal position sensor ECH-15, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
G
14. Stop lamp switch ECH-22, "Stop Lamp Switch"
15. DC/DC converter ECH-16, "DC/DC Converter"
H
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010379005
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- I
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal J
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
PBIB1741E
L
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000010471137
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated. M
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010471148
N
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The
camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor sys-
tem becomes inoperative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts
instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall O
IC.
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000010379006
P
Clutch switch signal is applied to the ECM through the clutch pedal position switch when the clutch pedal is
depressed.
Clutch Interlock Switch INFOID:0000000010471128
When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch interlock switch turns ON and the clutch interlock switch signal
is sent to the ECM. The ECM judges the clutch pedal conditions via the signal (ON or OFF).
ECH-15
COMPONENT PARTS
Clutch pedal Clutch interlock switch

Released OFF
Depressed ON
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000010379007
Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Refer to ECH-34, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Cooling Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000010503741
Cooling Fan Resister is installed to the power circuit of Cooling Fan Motor and switches cooling fan speed
between LOW and HIGH.
When Cooling Fan Motor is rotated at LOW speeds, power is supplied to the cooling fan via Cooling Fan
Resistor.
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010379008
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs)
of the signal plate.The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the function of the engine revolution.
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor also senses the piston position.
DC/DC Converter INFOID:0000000010471141
The DC/DC converter is installed at the back of the glove upper box
assembly (or instrument finisher B) and supplies power to the electri-
cal equipment.
This converter is connected to ECM via the engine communication
line and includes an internal voltage converter. When restarting the
vehicle from the stop/start system operating condition, the voltage
converter boosts the voltage conveyed from the battery and provides
stable power to the electrical equipment to prevent reset from occur-
ring. For further details, refer to ECH-36, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
System Description".
JPBIA4264ZZ
ECM INFOID:0000000010379009
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
JPBIA5624ZZ
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010379010
OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.The current open-
ing angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides
ECH-16
COMPONENT PARTS
feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle
control motor. A
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a ECH
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- C
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
D
PBIB0145E
E
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve INFOID:0000000010471168
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve switches the flow passage of engine coolant. This valve is controlled by Engine
Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve. F
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471169
G
Engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. The solenoid valve controls negative
pressure given to diaphragm of engine coolant bypass valve. When engine coolant bypass valve control sole-
noid valve is activated, it opens solenoid valve and gives negative pressure from vacuum pump to diaphragm
of engine coolant bypass valve. H
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010379011
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine I

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. J
L
JPBIA5623ZZ
Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471166
M
The engine oil pump valve regulates the engine oil quantity which is
fed to the engine oil pump according to requirements. In this way the
supply of the engine oil in the oil circuit and the power loss of the
engine and the fuel consumption drop is being optimized. N
The oil pump valve is an electromagnetic valve with three hydraulic
connections and two operating positions (open and closed).
The oil pressure pump valve is actuated by ECM depend on a char- O
acteristic map (engine rpm and load) by means of that the engine oil
which is delivered and compacted by the engine oil pump is limited.
Thus, the engine oil pressure is regulated.
P
JSBIA4049ZZ
Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000010471138
The engine restart relay is installed in the relay box and controlled by ECM when restarting the engine during
the stop/start system operation.
ECH-17
COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay INFOID:0000000010471139
The engine restart bypass control relay is controlled by ECM and controls the engine restart bypass relay.
Engine Restart Bypass Relay INFOID:0000000010471140
The engine restart bypass relay reduces battery voltage drop right
after the starter motor activation at an engine restart by switching the
electric circuit of the starter motor. For details, refer to ECH-36,
"STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
JSBIA1994ZZ
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010379012
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve controls the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP
canister.
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010471157
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JPBIA5847ZZ
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471149
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
JSBIA0652ZZ
ECH-18
COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000010379013
A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and ECH
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on C
engine fuel needs.
D
JPBIA5617ZZ
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010471147

E
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. ECM operates fuel flow
actuator according to feedback signal from fuel rail pressure sensor, and controls fuel pressure inside fuel rail. F
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000010379015
DESCRIPTION G
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. H
The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-
fuel ratio.
I
J
JPBIA5615ZZ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER K

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000010379016 L
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), M
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
N
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions. O
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R P
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
ECH-19
COMPONENT PARTS
High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010471146
High Pressure Fuel Pump is operated by high pressure fuel pump drive pinion, installed at camshaft. The high
pressure fuel pump inlets fuel transported through fuel filter and performs pressure feed to fuel rail. The pump
includes fuel flow actuator which enables adjustment of fuel rail pressure.
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000010471143
Hood switch is located in the hood lock assembly. Hood switch

detects open/close condition of hood and input the hood switch sig-
nal to IPDM E/R.
JPBIA4271ZZ
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000010379017
ECM turns ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/
OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary
circuit.
JPBIA5616ZZ
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010379018
The intake air temperature sensor detects intake air temperature and
transmits a signal to the ECM.
JPBIA5622ZZ
Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010379021
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is installed on the

intake manifold. Detects intake manifold pressure, and transmits a
voltage signal to the ECM.
JPBIA5621ZZ
ECH-20
COMPONENT PARTS
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471150
A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil ECH
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. C
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. D
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000010379019

E
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking.
F
H
JPBIA5620ZZ
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010379014

I
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor, it knows that
the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It con- J
trols the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation K

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
L
Malfunction Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010379020
The OBD malfunction indicator [MIL (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys- M
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MIL (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MIL N
(Red)].
Reverse/Neutral Position Switch INFOID:0000000010471177
O
For CVT models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N.
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) range switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists. P
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010379022
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
ECH-21
COMPONENT PARTS
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010379023
Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.
Stop/Start Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010471144
The stop/start indicator lamp is located on the combination meter.

The stop/start indicator lamp turns ON when the stop/start system is
operating.
When a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the stop/
start indicator lamp blinks at a slow speed to alert the driver to the
malfunction. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous one
during stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp
blinks at a high speed.
JPBIA4266ZZ
Stop/start indicator lamp status
System condition Condition Stop/start indicator lamp Warning chime

Normal Illuminate —
Operate Door (driver side) open High speed blinking Sound
Hood open High speed blinking* Sound*
Starter motor operation
Slow speed blinking —
counter: too much
Fail-Safe
Malfunction of stop/start
Slow speed blinking —
system
*: Engine is stalled after alert for 1.5 seconds.
Stop/Start OFF Switch INFOID:0000000010471145
The stop/start OFF switch is mounted on the switch panel of the

driver side lower instrument panel. When the stop/start OFF switch
is pressed, the indicator lump turns ON and the stop/start system
can be deactivated.
For further details, refer to ECH-48, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
Switch Name and Function".
JPBIA4265ZZ
ECH-22
COMPONENT PARTS
Thermostat Heater Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471165
A
The coolant thermostat heating element is located on the thermo-
stat housing. The coolant thermostat heating element regulates the
coolant temperature within normal operation temperature. ECH
: Coolant temperature sensor
D
JSBIA4073ZZ
Turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000010436298

E
Turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve actuates the wastegate diaphragm. An output pressure of the
valve is between ambient pressure and boost pressure. When this valve is driven, the wastegate valve closes.
F
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000010436212
Turbocharger boost sensor is used to get the boost pressure information in order to adapt the intake manifold
pressure to the setpoint. G
Turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000010436213
Turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve is used to release high pressure air upstream the compres- H
sor in order to decrease pressure between the turbocharger outlet and throttle valve. Accordingly, this opera-
tion prevents the decrease in turbine speed and improves the response time of charging when shifting gears.
I
ECH-23
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010379026
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA4857GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECH-24
SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
A
Function Reference
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM ECH-25, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
ECH-26, "POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System ECH
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL
Description"
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM ECH-26, "INTAKE AIR SYSTEM : System Description"
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL ECH-28, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
C
COMBUSTION CONTROL ECH-30, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"

AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM ECH-34, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description" D
COOLING FAN CONTROL ECH-34, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
CAN COMMUNICATION ECH-44, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
E
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010379027
F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine speed control consists of the following functions:
• Cranking and cylinder identification G
• Curative anti-jerk
• Idle speed control
• Engine speed limitation H
• Engine state
CRANKING AND CYLINDER IDENTIFICATION
ECM controls the engine speed during cranking. I
ECM sets and resets fuel injection timing.
ECM decides engine speed in cranking by detections restart status and controls fuel injection quantity.
ECM identifies a cylinder without camshaft sensor.
The aim of this function is to confirm whether the phase is correct. J
The gathering composed of five flywheel teeth is stored and measured for every each TDC (top dead center).
The engine speed must be up to around 300 rpm and less than around 5000 rpm.
This function is functional 95% of the time. K
CURATIVE ANTI-JERK
This function aims to smooth the engine speed through torque corrections out of idle engine speed regulation.
The torque correction is made by the anti-jerk function to damp the engine speed vibrations caused by the L
drive-line vibrations.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ECM calculates the engine idle speed set point and maintains the engine speed in order to follow the set point. M
The engine idle speed set-point is computed from following load and signal:
• Post treatment
- Catalyst warm-up N
• Electric consumers
- Cooling fan
- Power window
O
- Air heater (air conditioning system)
- Alternator output current
• Automatic transmission
- Automatic transmission idle speed set point function (according to coolant temperature) P
- Automatic transmission idle speed increase request
• Mechanical consumers
- Air conditioning
- Power steering
• Diagnosis and protection
- Diagnosis
- Engine protection by oil temperature survey
ECH-25
SYSTEM
- CONSULT function
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
The final engine idle speed set point is computed from each comsumer′s engine idle speed set point:
• Three correction torques for idle speed regulation are computed:
- Proportional
- Integral
- Derivative
• The final corrective torque of the Idle Speed Regulation is obtained taking into account proportional, integral,
and derivative corrections.
ENGINE SPEED LIMITATION
ECM calculates the maximum engine speed set point and controls the maximum engine speed in order to fol-
low the set point.
• Fail-safe mode
• Maximum available engine speed
ENGINE STATE
ECM calculates the engine state from detected engine speed:
• Engine running
- Driving state
- Idling state
• Engine stalled
- Initial state
- Stalled state
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010379028
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The powertrain coordination can be explained by following:
• Powertrain coordination inputs
• Preventive anti-jerk
• Gear shift indicator (for details, refer to ECH-44, "GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion".)
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION INPUTS
ECM detects following signals necessary to decide the torque set point:
• Gear position
• Accelerator pedal operation
• Brake pedal operation
• Status of Cruise Control System or Speed Limiter
• Torque request from automatic transmission
• Torque request from ABS system
PREVENTIVE ANTI-JERK
The main objective of the preventive anti-jerk function is to decrease discomforts of driver during depress the
accelerator pedal and during release the accelerator pedal.
Abrupt change of torque are delivered by engine excites a torsion natural frequencies of drive-line. It causes
vehicle jerking and acceleration fluctuations. And they are causes of perception and assessment of perfor-
mance and comfort for driver and the passengers.
The purpose of this function is to limit drive-line torque excitations. In fact, the engine torque set point is filtered
according to requirements of driveability.
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010379029
THROTTLE CONTROL
The aim of electric throttle control actuator is to manage intake air quantity.
In normal operating conditions, the intake air flow is directly linked to the required engine torque. (For details of
engine torque control, refer to ECH-28, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description".)
ECH-26
SYSTEM
ECM learns the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output sig-
nal. A
Standard Operating Phase:
In standard operation condition, as the engine is running, ECM controls the throttle valve position according to
realize the required intake air flow. ECH
Corrections and Limitations:
During regulation, ECM also performs the following tasks:
• Prevent the flap oscillations to prevent unwanted engine torque change. C
• Prevent mechanical stress of the component by limiting the flap speed around the maximum/minimum posi-
tion.
• Prevent acaustic issues by limiting the throllte opening at certain engine speeds and during engine stop. D
Learning Phase:
ECM learns fully closed position and limp-home position of the throttle valve and checks their validity. During
this phase, the component reaches its closed position 3 times then the limp-home position 2 times. This phase E
occures in the following conditions:
• At vehicle first IGNITION SW ON.
• When ECM has replaced or reprogrammed
• When the teach-in (s) has been reinitialized by CONSULT. F
Limp-home Position Checking Phase:

When engine is stopped, ECM checks that the limp-home position did not change since the last learning
phase. During this phase, throttle valve reaches the limp-home position 4 times. G
CALCULATION OF THE AIR FLOW

The aim of the Air System Function is to command the Throttle Flap in order to realize the Torque Demand. H
The Mass Air Flow Setpoint
The Mass Air Flow setpoint comes from the Torque Structure Function. A Canister Purge Mass Air Flow Cor-
rection is taken into account in order to correct the setpoint. I
The Air Flow Calculation
ECM takes into account the manifold pressure, the boost pressure, and the inlet air temperature to have the
mass air flow per unity of throttle Efficient Area. J
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010435873
K
DESCRIPTION
A variable valve timing control allows to move the angle of distribution according to the engine speed and to L
the load.
By choosing the good compromise of adjustment the shifter of camshaft allows:
• to improve the stability of the slow idle speed
• to decrease the consumtions M
• to decrease polluting broadcasts
• to increase the performances of the engine
This system consists of the following: N
• Shifter(s) (intagrated cam sprocket)
• Control solenoid valve(s)
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O
Shifter
ECH-27
SYSTEM
• It is a hydraulic shifter: the rotor (in 4 pallets) moves in the stator by
rotation under the influence of the oil pressing.
• The rotor is fixed to the tip of the camshaft.
• A pawn of locking with conical tip (accommodated in the rotor)
maintains the phase shifter in position by default in absence of
pressure of lil (phases of driving starting up).
The levying of this pawn is ordered by the coming oil pressing of the
circuit advance or the circuit delay.
JSBIA4701GB
CONTROL OUTLINE
The closed roop regulation works as follows:
1. A system of target/sensor sending to ECM the position of the camshaft.
2. ECM transmits an opening or locking request signals to the Intake/Exhast Valve Timinig Control Solenoid
Valve.
3. The resultant oil pressure in the shifter between the rotor and the stator shifts the camshaft.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010435871
DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressrue entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
CONTROL OUTLINE
The boost pressure control adequately adjusts intake manifold pressure according to various driving condi-
tions.
This system has a turbocharger waste gate control solenoid valve. The turbocharger waste control solenoid
valve opens/closes the waste gate valve to adjust exhaust gas flow passing through the turbocharger turbine.
Through this operation, the turbocharger waste control solenoid valve controls boost pressure.
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010379030
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque function can be explained by the following:
• Accessories torque management
• Minimum available torque
• Maximum available torque
• Fast set-points to complete torque request
• Slow set-points to complete torque request
• Final torque requests setting
• Injection cut
• Full load
• Torque correction in the knocking zone
ACCESSORIES TORQUE MANAGEMENT
Air Conditioning Power
The amount of power absorbed by the air conditioning is useful for the engine control to compute the torque
requirement for air conditioning. Therefore, ECM can adapt dynamically the engine speed regulation depend-
ing on the load variations.
ECH-28
SYSTEM
The power absorbed by the air conditioning depends on the refrigerant pressure and the compressor speed.
The air conditioning system power correction for idle speed regulation avoids engine speed undershoots and A
overshoots at the compressor compressed volume variation.
Alternator
ECM controls idle speed depending on charge status of alternator. ECH
MINIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The minimum available torque is used for the minimum driver setpoint calculation and the intersystem informa-
tion. C
The minimum torque is designed with a hyperbolic shape depending on the difference between the engine
speed and the idle speed set-point:
• When the engine speed is under the idle speed set-point, the minimum torque is equal to the hyperbolic D
torque which increases to avoid an engine stalling.
• When the engine speed is over an engine speed threshold, the minimum torque reaches the torque for the
minimum manifold pressure with a ramp.
The torque for the minimum manifold pressure is designed to avoid any oil consumption (oil vapor back up in E
the intake manifold).
It is estimated in function of the engine capacity displacement, the manifold air volume, the manifold air pres-
sure, the manifold air temperature, the cylinder fill-up efficiency, the ignition efficiency and the number of cylin- F
ders. It is corrected in function of the coolant temperature to avoid ‘poor combustion’.
When the engine starts, a specific torque set-point is calculated to ensure the engine start. This torque is
dependent of the engine speed and the coolant temperature.
At first, a calculation of the starting torque value is performed. In case of a difficult start (too long), this torque G
may be increased thanks to ramp.
The start torque offset is progressively set to zero to ensure a transition with the current torque set-point.
H
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The maximum available torque results of a minimum selection including all powertrain constraints:
• Transmission torque limitation
• Maximum engine torque I
• Torque reduction for the heating protection
• Low gasoline level in the tank
Transmission torque limitation J
This limitation is the maximum torque to protect the transmission from a mechanical overload:
• For a manual transmission, the limitation value of the torque is function of the engine speed and the trans-
mission ratio. K
• For an automatic transmission, the limitation value is directly supplied by the automatic transmission.
Maximum engine torque
The maximum torque depends on the engine speed and fail-safe mode of the throttle valve. This limit is com- L
puted and corrected with:
• Number of available cylinders
• Intake air temperature M
• Atmospheric pressure
• Engine speed
• Over-torque limit
• Torque losses (friction, pumping, etc.) to calculate the maximum effective engine torque N
Torque for the heating protection
This torque limit is dedicated to the protection of the engine from an overheating. It depends on the engine
speed, the engine coolant temperature, the intake air temperature and the vehicle speed. O
Protection torque
This torque is computed in function of the low gasoline level in the tank and the engine speed.
P
Fail-safe
The ECM limits a engine torque in case of malfunction of engine component or ECM.
Depending on the engine components, ECM activates the fail-safe mode of the torque limitation level 1 (low
limitation) or level 2 (mean limitation).
FAST SET-POINTS TO COMPLETE TORQUE REQUEST
This control aims to compute:
• The number of cylinders to cut
ECH-29
SYSTEM
• The final ignition advance calculated by the torque structure without limitations
• The final ignition advance calculated by the torque structure
In function of:
• The final indicated torque set-point
• The final indicated target torque
• The fresh mass air flow
The torque efficiency correction is calculated to compensate the fact that the target torque request cannot be
realized by the throttle full opening.
In deceleration and in engine over speed, the cutting of the all injectors is authorized. In a limp-home mode,
the number of cylinders to cut is limited.
SLOW SET-POINTS TO COMPLETE TORQUE REQUEST
This control computes:
• The fresh air mass flow set-points passing through the engine
• The fresh air mass flow set-points passing through the throttle
• The torque efficiency corresponding to the maximum ignition advance
• The torque efficiency for the idle speed control
• The correction of the torque efficiency for the catalytic converter warm-up
The torque efficiency for idle speed control is function of the idle speed set-point and the engine air load.
The correction is applied when the engine is running autonomous and when one of the following catalytic con-
verter warm-up phases is in action: the catalytic converter warm-up by exhaust air injection, the catalytic con-
verter heating in progress, the lean burn catalytic converter heating conditions or the richness distribution.
The correction takes into account the type of transmission and the Park/Neutral state for an automatic trans-
mission, the starting coolant temperature and is adapted to the duration of the catalytic converter warm-up.
FINAL TORQUE REQUESTS SETTING
The final torque requests are computed by the arbitration with the driver request, the intersystem torque
request (VDC/ESP), the torque limitations and the curative anti-jerk correction.
INJECTION CUT
When no torque is requested by the driver, the injection is cut to reduce the fuel consumption if the following
conditions are met:
• The engine is in autonomous state after a delay function of the coolant temperature
• The coolant temperature is over a threshold
• The engine speed is over a minimum engine threshold and above a maximum engine threshold
• There is no intersystem request
FULL LOAD
When the driver torque is on the maximum available torque and the kick-down detected, the throttle is full
opened.
For turbocharged engines, the full load is also activated when the driver torque request is greater than the
threshold above which controlled the wastegate.
The full load is disabled when the turbocharger is out of order or if we have an intersystem torque request in
progress (ABS/TCM).
TORQUE CORRECTION IN THE KNOCK ZONE
For the protection of boost engines against the knock, it is necessary to correct the engine load: limitation of
opening throttle. The only use of the ignition correction during the overfeed phase, generates a rise in the
exhaust temperature and consequently a rise in the energy to the turbine.
This supplementary energy generates an overfeed pressure increase hence increasing the knock zone phe-
nomenon risk. This strategy decreases the load by decreasing the torque driver request.
COMBUSTION CONTROL
COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010379031
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A gasoline engine needs ignition coils: it is a piloted ignition.
The wished torque set-point is realized with the two following settings:
• Fuel quantity injected
• Ignition set point
Others parameters are also taken into consideration for different reasons such as acoustic, performance and
emissions:
ECH-30
SYSTEM
• Richness (ratio between fuel and air quantities)
• Injection phasing A
The following illustration shows general combustion functioning on an engine cycle.
ECH
JPBIA5637GB
The engine and vehicle conditions can provoke a poor combustion also called misfire, which is detected by an I
OBD strategy.
Misfire diagnosis specifies the function for misfires detection through software “torque-meter”:
It corresponds to the analysis of a cylinder on which there is no combustion. The reason for the misfire can be J
a wiring or mechanical combustion necessary component default (injector, ignition coil, spark plug) resulting in
a lack of compression in the same cylinder. The diagnosis is also able to detect an occasional dysfunction on
a cylinder.
The ECM detects two types of misfire: K
Catalytic Converter Misfire
The aim is to detect large misfire rates, which provoke a rise of temperature in the catalytic converter suscep-
tible to damage it. The misfire rates that must be detected are variable according to the working point (by 2D L
calibration). The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) should blink immediately.
Besides the function has to allow the most accurate identification the misfiring cylinders, and set an alert flag
to inhibit the functional diagnoses of the exhaust line (probe, three way catalyst, engine oil system, fuel sys- M
tem) in order to avoid false diagnoses.
Pollution Misfire
The aim is to detect small misfire rates. This detection has to be effective during the certification cycle test. N
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) must lighten before the end of a defined number of driving cycles with
the current defaults.
O
ECH-31
SYSTEM
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUEL ALIMENTATION
JPBIA5638GB
The fuel pump insures the fuel supply. It is activated at every key-on for one-second duration. It insures a min-
imal pressure level in the circuit and enables to obtain a correct start, especially after a long period without use
of the vehicle.
When the engine is running, the relay is always commanded, so the pump is always active.
The setting with the atmosphere of the gasoline tank is carried out through a EVAP canister, which is filled with
active charcoals. These active charcoals catch the gasoline vapors. The vacuum pressure engine performs
the purging of EVAP canister. It flows in the intake filling session, through a hose whose section is controlled
by a EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
is driven by the ECM. For noise reason, two frequencies are available to control the EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• A slow frequency (8Hz)
• An high frequency (20 Hz)
The EVAP canister is purged as soon as the activation conditions are OK, in order to limit vapor fumes in the
atmosphere, as it happens when the EVAP canister is saturated.
Vacuum pressure regulation is mechanical and not driven by ECM.
ADVANCE/MANAGEMENT OF THE IGNITION
The management of ignition allows to manage the quality of combustion and so the engine performances.
For a positive advance, the ignition set point is before TDC (top dead
center), nevertheless the advance can take negative values.
The more the optimal advance is away from the TDC, the more the
performances increase. So, the optimal advance is the best value to
optimize the combustion.
The ignition is realized by ignition coils in order to ignite cylinders.
Besides, if there is some detected failure on ignition coils (short cir-
cuit to ground, short circuit to battery or open circuit) a cut request
for the corresponding injectors is managed.
A lack of efficiency could be felt in some specified conditions like
engine over heat or hot atmospheric conditions or a low RON
JPBIA5639GB
(Research Octane Number) Fuel. Indeed, it will provoke a knock
phenomenon detected by stronger noise combustion.
This noise is detected by an accelerometer only during the combustion window.
RICHNESS REGULATION
ECH-32
SYSTEM
The richness is managed by heated oxygen sensors shown in the following scheme:
A
ECH
H
JPBIA5640GB
Two sensors measure the combustion efficiency:

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
I
The heated oxygen sensor 1 enables the richness closed loop mode. This is a differential sensor and the rich-
ness signal directly depends on the information given by this component:
• Lean (less fuel than air) if the voltage is under 450 mV, so mixture needs an enrichment.
• Rich (more fuel than air) if the voltage is above 450 mV, so mixture needs a richness reduction. J
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
The heated oxygen sensor 2 enables the application of the richness double loop mode and diagnosis of cata-
lyst. Its working technology is the same as the heated oxygen sensor 1. K
To be operational very quickly, theses sensors need to be warmed by electric signal and exhaust gas.
The richness regulation is managed by the heated oxygen sensor 1. It consists in applying a correction on the
injection time which depends on the richness states. L
Those states depend on the engine speed and engine load. In closed loop mode, fuel injected mass is regu-
lated by the information given by heated oxygen sensors (around reference point). In open-loop mode, rich-
ness is no more regulated and is specific to the mode (above reference point). In full load, richness increase in
order to have the best performance (maximal richness). M
Closed loop richness mode is a regulation system using heated oxygen sensor information to quantify the fuel
injected mass; it enables the engine to stay in the catalytic working window, which reduces pollutant emis-
sions. Those sensors (heated oxygen sensor 1 and 2) reflect efficiency of the combustion. More precisely, if N
the mixture lacks fuel (lean mixture) the system will then increase the fuel rate, in the opposite case (rich mix-
ture) the fuel rate will be decreased.
The richness double loop regulation is managed by the heated oxygen sensor 2. It consists in computing one
more correction, added to the richness in order to have the best three way catalyst efficiency. For its activation, O
the driver has to run nearly 1.5 minutes with a warm running engine out of the idle speed state.
The richness management also includes richness adaptation function.
It consists in learning the injectors lift and wearing effects on richness basic settings. It also shifts the engine P
richness mean value around the reference point with a correction, directly modifying the injection time.
The richness is affected by the ‘wall wetting’ phenomena (deposit of a fuel film in the intake ports). ECM com-
pensates the effects by a correction on the fuel injected mass set point.
In order to respect pollutants emissions rules, a gasoline engine needs a catalyst.
The catalyst warm-up quickly enables to trigger this component. There are different phases during this cycle;
several of them affecting richness (richness increased) especially in cold temperature conditions.
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM
ECH-33
SYSTEM
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010379032
THREE WAY CATALYST PRINCIPLE

The three way catalyst possesses one main function:
• Use the present oxygen in exhaust gases to transform CO in CO2 and the HC in CO2 + H2O.
A ceramic (honey comb) support dressed in a fine layer of miscellaneous precious metals (platinum, palladium
and rhodium) constitutes the catalytic converter.
The toxic components of exhaust gases (hydrocarbons, nitric oxides and carbon monoxides) are transformed
into harmless substances (steam) during their access in the three way catalyst by a chemical process (cataly-
sis) which puts in contact toxic gases and precious metals.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 placed upstream to the exhaust line controls the content in oxygen of exhaust
gases and controls the refusals (effluents). The pre-catalytic converter treats the not burnt hydrocarbons and
the carbon monoxide. The temperature sensor allows the ECM to determine the state of saturation of the cat-
alytic converter.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010379033
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The cooling of the engine is done by a double speed motor driven fan unit (FAN1: small speed; FAN2: high
speed). The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
When the engine is running
To cool the engine, a request for FAN1 activation is sent when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99°C
(210°F) and a deactivated request is sent when the engine coolant temperature becomes lower than 96°C
(204°F).
When the engine coolant temperature continues to increase, a request for FAN2 activation is sent when the
engine coolant temperature exceeds 102°C (215°F) and a deactivated request is sent when the engine cool-
ant temperature becomes lower than 99°C (210°F).
When the engine coolant temperature continues to increase and exceeds the alert threshold calibrated at
115°C (239°F), ECM judges the engine is over temperature status until the temperature becomes lower than
110°C (230°F).
In case of an abnormally high engine coolant temperature, the maximum engine torque is reduced; the driver
will then feel a lack of engine power.
When the engine is not running
Only a FAN1 activation request can be sent for anti-percolation purpose (engine stopped with high engine
coolant temperature). The anti-percolation function is active after ignition switch OFF for a defined maximum
time. At ignition switch OFF, a FAN1 activation request is sent if the engine coolant temperature exceeds
100°C (212°F) and a cutting request is sent when the engine coolant temperature becomes lower than 95°C
(203°F).
When there is a default on the engine coolant temperature signal, the FAN1 activation is permanently
requested (engine running).
In addition to this, depending on the equipment mounted on the vehicle, the ECM can also send an activation
request for air conditioning needs or automatic transmission needs.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010437169
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine coolant bypass valve circulates engine coolant within a narrow range and accelerates a warm-up
by closing the valve and cutting off the engine coolant passage.
ECM applies power to the engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve when engine coolant tempera-
ture is low.
The engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve switches the passage of negative pressure (vacuum)
sent from the vacuum pump. When power is applied to the solenoid valve, negative pressure is applied to the
engine coolant bypass valve. Accordingly, the engine coolant bypass valve closes.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
ECH-34
SYSTEM
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010499889
A
OIL VAPOUR HEATER
This function allows to warm the top part of oil vapor re-aspiration circuit to avoid its freezing.
This function can only be activated when engine is running depending on the air temperature. In case of some ECH
default on air temperature sensor, this function is permanently activatad to avoir any risk of freeze.
It is copper heater equipoed with a thermistor, temperature regulation is made by variation of the resistor.
CONTROLLED OIL PUMP C
The purpose of this function is to adapt the oil pressure to the strict necessary and then to limit the torque
absorbed by the oil pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption. The elaboration of the oil pressure set-point
[approximately 3 kPa (3 bar, 3.06 kg-cm2, 43.5 psi) depends of the engine functioning point and the electro- D
valve control in opened loop.
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
E
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010500314
DESCRIPTION F
ECM transmits a target power generation voltage signal received from IPDM E/R to the generator via LIN
communication.
The generator includes a self-diagnosis function and transmits a diagnosis signal to ECM via LIN communica-
tion when detecting a malfunction. When ECM receives a diagnosis signal, ECM detects DTC and transmits a G
charge warning lamp request signal to the combination meter to turn ON the charge warning lamp.
For details of ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM :
System Description". H
STOP/START SYSTEM
ECH-35
SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010499034
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA4778GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
ECH-36
SYSTEM
Input/ A
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
Accelerator pedal position sen- Detects an accelerator pedal po-
Accelerator pedal position sensor signal
sor (intagrated ECM) sition.
ECH
Detects the brake pedal is de-
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch signal
pressed.
Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal Detects an engine speed. C
Engine coolant temperature Detects an engine coolant tem-
Engine coolant temperature sensor signal
sensor perature.
Detects the clutch pedal is de- D
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch signal
pressed (fully depressed).
Detects the clutch pedal is de-
Clutch pedal interlock switch Clutch pedal interlock switch signal
pressed (not released).
E
Neutral position switch Neutral position switch signal Detects the neutral position.
Atmospheric pressure sensor Detects an atmospheric pres-
Atmospheric pressure sensor signal
(integrated in ECM) sure. F
Detects the transmission is
Stop/Start permit signal ready to operate the stop/start
system.
G
Buttery current signal Detects battery current.
CAN communica-
IPDM E/R
tion Neutral position switch signal Detects the neutral position.
Hood switch signal Detects engine hood status. H
Battery current sensor malfunc- Detects the battery current sen-
tion signal sor is normal.
Ignition switch status signal Detects ignition switch status. I
Detects the status of driver side
CAN communica- Door switch signal
Input BCM door.
tion
Detects stop/start OFF switch J
Stop/Start OFF switch signal
status.
Vehicle speed signal Detects vehicle speed.
K
Brake booster pressure sensor Detects a pressure in brake
signal booster.
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communica- ABS operation signal Detects ABS operation.
(control unit) tion L
ESP operation signal Detects ESP operation.
Detects the brake hold readiness
Brake hold readiness signal status judged by the ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit). M
Detects an operational state of
EPS torque signal
EPS system.
CAN communica- N
EPS control unit Receives the intelligent parking
tion assist status signal sent from the
Stop/Start inhibit signal
around view monitor control unit
through the EPS control unit. O
Detects the air conditioning sys-
CAN communica-
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start permit signal tem is ready to operate the stop/
tion
start system.
P
CAN communica- Detects driver is sitting on the
Combination meter Seat belt buckle switch signal
tion driver seat.
Detects an operational state of
Operation status signal
DC/DC converter.
DC/DC converter LIN communication
Detects DC/DC converter mal-
Diagnosis signal
function.
ECH-37
SYSTEM
Input/
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
CAN communica- Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Around view monitor control unit Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
BCM Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Stop/Start status signal
nal
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communica-
(control unit) tion Transmits the brake hold/release
Brake hold request signal request according to the stop/
start system.
CAN communica- nal
Output EPS control unit
tion Transmits EPS assist permit/in-
EPS assist request signal
hibit signal.
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
nal
CAN communica-
Combination meter Transmits request signal which
tion Stop/Start indicator lamp request
turn ON the stop/start indicator
signal
lamp.
DC/DC converter operation check Check DC/DC converter opera-
DC/DC converter LIN communication
signal tion status.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition, engine condition and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from
each unit and the sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system.
The operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator lamp on the combina-
tion meter and showing on the information display (dot matrix information display). (Refer to EC9-24, "Stop/
Start Indicator Lamp".) If a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the system control is automatically
deactivated and the malfunction is alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/start indicator lamp and showing
the status on the information display (dot matrix information display). When a driver′s operation is judged as
dangerous one during the stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp blinks at a high speed and
the status is shown on the information display (with dot matrix information display). The buzzer mounted on
the combination meter sounds simultaneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE:
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.
ECH-38
SYSTEM
BASIC OPERATION
A
ECH
JSBIA3733GB
P
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When the stop/start system readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, stopping time, the amount of fuel saved by the stop/start system and CO2
saved information are indicated on the combination meter.
ECH-39
SYSTEM
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied, ECM activates the engine restart relay, the engine restart
bypas control relay, and the engine restart bypass relay to restart the engine. And the DC/DC converter boosts
the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment from low voltage.
After restarting the engine, the stop/start indicator lamp and the indication on the information display turn OFF.
NOTE:
When the electric parking brake operation and engine restart occur simultaneously, ECM performs the engine
restart after the completion of the electric parking brake operation. This may cause delay in engine restart,
compared with a usual engine restart.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.
And ECM transmits a stop/start readiness signal to each control unit by CAN communication via ECM.
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch OFF (Switch indicator: OFF)
Stop/start indicator Lamp Not blink (No malfunction)
Door (driver side) Close
Seat belt (driver side) Fastened
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
switch
Driving history
Gear position other than neutral is selected after restart
Drive the vehicle at 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more after restart
Passes 5 seconds or more after restart
Hood Close
Not in DEF mode
Vehicle Automatic air condi- Recieves Stop/start parmit signal
tioning (for details, refer to HAC-32, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Air conditioning
Description".)
Manual air condi-
Not in DEF mode
tioning
System is normal
ABS ABS not activated*
ESP not activated
EPS System is normal
Recieves Stop/start parmit signal from IPDM E/R.
Battery status (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
: System Description".)
Elevation 2,000 m (6,562 ft) or less
Intelligent parking assist OFF
MIL (Malfunction indicator lamp) Not illuminate (No malfunction)
Engine coolant temperature 21 - 105 °C (70 -221 °F)
Fuel temperature 90 °C (194 °F) or less
Engine Turbocharger temperature 670 °C (1238 °F) or less

The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified
Starter motor
times
The number of high pressure fuel pump operations exceeds the
High pressure fuel pump
specified times
*: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle.
CAUTION:
• The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/
start system specific battery is used.
ECH-40
SYSTEM
• Even though the vehicle is in above conditions, the stop/start system may be cancelled automati-
cally. A
Refer to EC9-11, "Precaution for Stop/Start System Service".
Stop/Start Operation Condition
When the following conditions are satisfied, ECM stops the engine. And the combination meter turns ON a ECH
stop/start indicator lamp.
Item Condition C
Stop/start readiness condition Ready
Vehicle speed Vehicle stopped [0 km/h (0 MPH)]
Steering wheel Not steer (steering force does not occur) D
Vehicle
Presence of sufficient negative pressure to a brake-
Brake booster pressure
force. (Refer to BRC-136, "System Description".)
E
Clutch pedal position Released
Engine Engine speed Around idle speed (Approx. 850 rpm or less)
Transmission Shift lever position Neutral position
F
NOTE:
During the operation of the stop/start system, the stop/start system continues operating even if the vehicle is
stopped by using the parking brake. G
Restart Condition
When any of the following conditions is satisfied during stop/start system operating condition, ECM restarts
the engine. And the combination meter turns OFF the stop/start indicator lamp. H
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch ON (Switch indicator: ON) I
Clutch pedal position *
Fully depressed
DEF switch is pressed.
Automatic air conditioning J
Air conditioning system cannot keep the perfor-
Air conditioning
mance.
Manual air conditioning Mode dial is in DEF position.
K
Brake booster pressure Insufficient negative pressure for braking force
Vehicle speed 2 km/h (1.3 MPH) or more
Intelligent parking assist Intelligent parking assist is activated. L
Poor battery performance
Battery (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGE-
MENT SYSTEM : System Description".) M
*: Restart timing varies according to vehicle condition. For details, refer to RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHI-
CLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING.
NOTE: N
In models with M/T, the stop/start system operates continuously even if the steering wheel is operated during
the system operating condition.
Restart Inhibit Mode O
When the any of the following condition is satisfied during stop/start system operating condition, ECM inhibits
restart of the engine (go into a state in ENGINE STALL). In this case, the engine needs to be started with igni-
tion switch.
P
Item Condition
Engine hood Opened
Absent: Both of the following conditions are
satisfied.
Driver presence* • Seat belt (driver side): Released
• Door (driver side): Open
ECH-41
SYSTEM
*: When the condition is satisfied either door open or seat belt released, ECM transitions to the recovery wait-
ing mode (not ENGINE STALL) for approximately 5 minutes. In this case, the engine is able to start by clutch
operation.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHICLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING
ECM detects clutch pedal position based on the clutch pedal position switch signal and clutch interlock switch
signal. The engine restart timing baries with gear position, vehicle speed, and clutch position.
Engine restart condition
x: Restart —: Not restart
Vehicle condition Clutch pedal position
Fully depressed Half depressed Released
Vehicle Gear Clutch pedal Clutch interlock Clutch pedal Clutch interlock Clutch pedal Clutch interlock
speed position position SW SW position SW SW position SW SW
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Neutral x x —
Vehicle
stopped Except
x — —
neutral
Vehicle Neutral x x x
speed oc- Except
curs x — —
neutral
NOTE:
If the above mentioned “Not restart” condition occurs during restart, ECM stops cranking and returns to the
stop/start system operating condition (engine stop).
ENGINE STALL ASSIST FUNCTION
The engine stall assist function allows the engine to start only with a clutch operation without operating the
ignition switch when a clutch operation is unsuccessful during engine start.
When an engine stall caused by a clutch operation error is detected, the stop/start system enters the recovery
waiting mode and ECM warns the driver of the error by illuminating the stop/start indicator lamp. When the
clutch pedal is depressed under this condition, the engine starts.
NOTE:
This function also operates at an engine start other than the one performed during stop/start system operation.
This function operates when the following conditions are satisfied:
• After engine warm-up.
• Vehicle stopped. (No vehicle speed input.)
• No malfunctions in the engine control system and the stop/start system. (No DTC detected.)
EARLY START-UP CONTROL
ECM detects engine reverse revolution based on the crankshaft position sensor (POS) when the stop/start
system is activated and judges a piston position on engine stop to reduce the time for restarting the engine.
VOLTAGE STABILIZER FUNCTION
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to ECH-36, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
NOTE:
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter.
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY CONTROL
ECH-42
SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine restart bypass control relay and activates
the engine restart bypass relay. When the restart conditions are sat- A
isfied, ECM turns ON the engine restart bypass control relay for
approximately 0.15 seconds right after the restart and opens the
engine restart bypass relay for a moment. This allows a current to
ECH
pass the inner resistance circuit right after the starter motor is acti-
vated. When the starter motor is rotating, the voltage is directly sup-
plied to the starter motor without being passed through the inner
resistance circuit in the engine restart bypass relay because the C
engine restart bypass relay is closed. In this way, ECM enables the
battery voltage stabilization and reduces the battery deterioration
JSBIA1709GB
rate by decreasing the battery voltage drop resulted from clanking at D
an engine restart.
JSBIA1710GB
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) H
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000010435772
I
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ J
h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105 MPH).
ECM controls fuel injector to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any malfunction
occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. K
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER L
SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000010435773
M
BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM
The speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can set vehicle speed between 30 km/h and 180 km/h (in the metric system mode) or 20
N
MPH and 115 MPH (in the yard/pound system mode). ECM controls fuel injector to regulate vehicle speed.
Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any mal-
function occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE: O
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM
P
ECH-43
SYSTEM
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010507155
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0802GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input signal to ECM ECM function ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal operation
Gear shift indica- Combination meter
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
tor control (Gear shift indicator)
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) EPS operation signal
*: This signal is sent via CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The gear shift indicator is controlled by ECM and indicates recommended gear shift timing on the combination
meter.
• Upward arrow indication (↑): Upshift recommendation
• Downward arrow indication (↓): Downshift recommendation
ECM calculates optimal gear shift timing for better fuel consumption, according to the input signal and a gear
ratio. In addition, the recommended gear shift timing is corrected, according to driver’s operation and road
conditions. ECM transmits a gear shift indicator signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The gear shift indicator is deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied;
• Shift lever is in neutral position.
• Vehicle is under cruise control (ASCD function) or speed limit (speed limiter function).
• MI (Malfunction Indicator) is indicated.
• ABS system or ESP system is operating.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000010379034
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-11, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : System Description", about CAN communication for
detail.
ECH-44
OPERATION
OPERATION
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000010499122 ECH
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C
JSBIA1198ZZ F
1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. RES / + switch

4. SET / − switch 5. CANCEL switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN Switch
G
7. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)
H
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
I
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH)
J
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. L
• Sets desired cruise speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system. M
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (CRUISE indicated on the information display)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105 N
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (SET indicated on the information display)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until O
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
P
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position.
• Vehicle speed decreased under 15% of the set speed from the set speed.
• TCS system is operated.
ECH-45
OPERATION
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing ASCD MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 170 km/h (105 MPH)
SPEED LIMITER
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010499123

NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.
JSBIA1199ZZ
1. Speed limiter indicator 2. SET indicator 3. Set speed indicator

4. RES / + switch 5. SET / − switch 6. CANCEL switch
7. Speed limiter MAIN Switch 8. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)
SET SPEED RANGE

Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed.
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

30 km/h (20 MPH) 180 km/h (115 MPH)
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases the set speed incrementally.
ECH-46
OPERATION
Item Function
A
• Sets desired speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system.
ECH
SET OPERATION
Press speed limiter MAIN switch. (LIMIT indicated on the information display)
By pressing the SET/COAST switch, the vehicle speed can be set within the range between 30 km/h (20 C
MPH) and 180 km/h (115 MPH). (SET and set speed is indicated on the information display)
When pressing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch, the set speed can be increased.
When pressing the SET/COAST switch, the set speed can be decreased.
D
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter operation will be canceled.
• Speed limiter MAIN switch pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
E
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• Accelerator pedal is fully depressed (kickdown)
When the accelerator pedal is depressed within the range shown in the figure (A) below, the accelerator F
pedal reaction force strengthens. Further depressing the accelerator pedal within the (C) range cancels the
speed limiter. This allows acceleration in emergencies.
G
K
JMBIA1518GB
RESUME OPERATION
After the speed limiter is released by other method than the MAIN switch, the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch L
allows to set the vehicle speed again to the one that is previously set before releasing the speed limiter.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
M
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010499124
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS N
ECH-47
OPERATION
JSBIA0669ZZ
1. Information display 2. Meter control switch

A. Combination meter
(Meter control switch)
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
• The information display screen can be switched.
• The item indicated on the information display can be confirmed.
Meter control switch
• When plural items are shown on the information display, a selected item can be changed
to the other item.
RESET OPERATION
CAUTION:
When an alert was displayed, change the engine oil, and reset the engine oil data.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Repeatedly press the meter control switch until “SETTINGS” menu item is displayed.
3. Turn meter control switch and select “Maintenance” then press meter control switch.
4. Turn meter control switch and select “Service” then press meter control switch for more than 3 seconds.
5. Turn meter control switch and select “RESET” then press meter control switch.
6. Turn meter control switch and select “Confirm” then press meter control switch.
STOP/START SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010499125
JSBIA1167ZZ
1. Stop/start indicator lamp 2. Stop/start OFF switch

A. On the combination meter B. Lower instrument panel (driver side)
SWITCH OPERATION
ECH-48
OPERATION
Item Function A
When the switch is pressed, switch indicator (LED) turns ON and the stop/start
Stop/start OFF switch
system can be deactivated.
NOTE: ECH
If stop/start OFF switch turn ON when stop/start system is operating, stop/start system is canceled and engine
restart.
C
ECH-49
HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precaution for Stop/Start System INFOID:0000000010499126
PRECAUTIONS FOR STOP/START SYSTEM OPERATION

The operation of the stop/start system needs to satisfy various conditions. For details of the conditions, refer to
ECH-36, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
The stop/start system may not operate under the conditions listed below:
• After restarting the engine, the vehicle is repeatedly stopped and started at a low speed due to traffic con-
gestion.
• When driving the vehicle repeatedly back and forth at a low speed due to parallel parking.
• When the intelligent key is not authenticated. (In this case, the KEY warning lamp built in the combination
meter blinks.)
• The battery is deteriorated. (High discharge rate.)
• A battery other than the stop/start system-specific battery is used.
• Ambient temperature is extremely low.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
• When the electric parking brake operation and engine restart occur simultaneously, ECM performs the
engine restart after the completion of the electric parking brake operation. This may cause delay in engine
restart, compared with a usual engine restart.
For a smooth engine restart under the stop/start system operating condition, restart the engine before
releasing the parking brake.
• To use the stop/start system, the vehicle needs to recognize the status of battery. For this reason, the stop/
start system may not be activated immediately after battery change. In this case, drive the vehicle or let the
vehicle stand in idling condition for at least 30 minutes.
• (For M/T only) When restarting the vehicle under stop/start system operating condition, continue depressing
the clutch pedal until the restart completes.
ECH-50
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010379035
The ECM controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the ECH
engine.
Four functions are involved here: The OBD malfunction indicator [MIL (Yellow)] for the EOBD (European On
Board Diagnostics), the pre/post heating, the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction [MIL (Red)].
These four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ECM C
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE LIGHT

This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating.
D
• In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
The OBD malfunction indicator lamp [MIL (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control E
system malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MIL (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
The 3-second visual check upon powering up (automatic test procedure controlled by the IPDM E/R) is per- F
formed by the ECM.
In the event of a confirmed OBD malfunction by lighting of the MIL, no flashing of the light must be observed
following the lighting test. G
DTCs Causing MIL to Light
DTC Description Reference page H

P0420 Catalyst system efficiency below threshold ECH-226
ENGINE WARNING LIGHT I

In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MIL
(Red)].
HOW TO ERASE DTC J
With CONSULT
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- K
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased) L
MIL OPERATION CHART

M
ECH-51
JPBIA5670GB
1. Decrement filter 2. Increment filter 3. Readiness filter

4. Edge filter 5. Engine warning light
ECH-52
ECH
JPBIA5671GB
K
1. Decrement filter 2. Increment filter 3. Readiness filter

4. n WUP detected 5. Edge filter 6. Engine warning light L
7. Engine warning light + MIL 8. MIL
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010379036

M
FUNCTION
N
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. O
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also P
Active Test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
ECH-53
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description

GDI - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
—
[bar]
GDI - RAIL PRESSURE SET-
—
POINT [bar]
OIL TEMPERATURE - EN-
—
GINE [°C] or [°F]
• ENGINE STOPPED
• ENGINE DRIVEN
ENGINE STATUS • ENGINE STALLED
• ENGINE AUTONOMOUS
INTAKE CAMSHAFT PHASER

—
POSITION SETPOINT [°Crk]
—
POSITION [°Crk]
—
PWM COMMAND [%]
PWM CONTROL APPLIED TO
THE DRIVER OF THE EX-
—
HAUST VVTC SOLENOID
VALVE [%]
ANGULAR POSITION OF THE
EXHAUST VVTC SYSTEM —
[°Crk]
ANGULAR POSITION SET-
POINT OF THE EXHAUST —
VVTC SYSTEM [°Crk]
ALLOW COMPARISION BE-
TWEEN THE EXHAUST CAM-
• NO EEPROM VALUES
SHAFT WHEEL ACTIVE
• VALUES WRITTEN
EDGES MEASURED ANGU-
LAR POSITIONS AND VAL-
UES STORED IN EEPROM
• NOT SYNCHRONIZED
CAMSHAFT/CRANKSHAFT
• SYNCHRONIZED
SYNCHRONIZATION STATE
• NOT
CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONI-
• OK
ZATION STATE
COUNTER OF LOOSE OF
CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONI- —
ZATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
—
SURE [mbar]
FILTERED ANGULAR POSI-
TION OF THE EXHAUST —
VVTC SYSTEM [°Crk]
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPER-
—
ATURE [°C] or [°F]
ECH-54

A
INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPER-
—
ATURE [°C] or [°F]
BOOST PRESSURE [mbar] —
ECH
COMMAND OF MANIFOLD
PRESSURE CALCULATED
—
BY THE TORQUE STRUC-
TURE [hPa] C
OPENING ANGLE - CYLIN-
—
DER 3 - 1ST INJECTION [°Crk]
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE D
—
SENSOR VOLTAGE [V]
AMOUNT OF AIR PUMPED
—
INTO CYLINDER [kg/h] E
MANIFOLD PRESSURE VAL-
—
UE FROM MODEL [hPa]
MANIFOLD PRESSURE F
—
FROM SENSOR [hPa]
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
—
SURE SENSOR VOLTAGE [V] G
• FAN 2 FINAL CAN NOT REQUEST
MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.7 • FAN 2 FINAL CAN REQUEST
H
• FAN 1 FINAL CAN NOT REQUEST
MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.6 • FAN 1 FINAL CAN REQUEST
I
• FAN 2 NOT REQUEST FROM AUTOMATIC GEARBOX
MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.5 • FAN 2 REQUEST FROM AUTOMATIC GEARBOX
• FAN 1NOT REQUEST FROM AUTOMATIC GEARBOX

J
MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.4 • FAN 1 REQUEST FROM AUTOMATIC GEARBOX
• FAN 2 NOT REQUEST FROM AIR CONDITIONING K

MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.3 • FAN 2 REQUEST FROM AIR CONDITIONING
• FAN 1 NOT REQUEST FROM AIR CONDITIONING L

MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.2 • FAN 1 REQUEST FROM AIR CONDITIONING
• FAN 2 NOT REQUEST FROM ECM

MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.1 • FAN 2 REQUEST FROM ECM
M
• FAN 1 NOT REQUEST FROM ECM

MOTOR-FANS REQUESTS.0 • FAN 1 REQUEST FROM ECM N
CURRENT GEAR ENGAGED —

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPER- O
ATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE —
[V]
SENSORS SUPPLY VOLT-
—
P
AGE 1 [mV]
THROTTLE VALVE POSITION
—
- TRACK 1 [%]
—
- TRACK 2 [%]
ECH-55

• STARTING MODE
• OPEN LOOP MODE
• FULL LOAD MODE
RICHNESS REGULATION
• BEFORE CLOSED LOOP MODE
STATUS
• CLOSED LOOP MODE
• RICHNESS STATE MACHINE IS IN OBD MODE
RICHNESS REGULATION
—
CORRECTION [%]
RICHNESS ADAPTATION
—
FACTOR
RICHNESS ADAPTATION
—
OFFSET [µs]
$01 - Fuel system status.07 —
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
—
[mbar]
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
—
VOLTAGE [V]
CATALYST EXHAUST GAS
UPSTREAM OXYGEN SEN- —
SOR VOLTAGE [mV]
UPSTREAM OXYGEN RESIS-
—
TANCE HEATER PWM COM-
MAND [%]
TIME EXPECTED TO
SWITCH ON THE HEATING
—
OF THE UPSTREAM SEN-
SOR [TDC]
DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN —
SENSOR VOLTAGE [mV]
DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN
—
RESISTANCE HEATER PWM
COMMAND [%]
ECH-56

A
• COLD SENSOR
PROGRESS IN THE HEATER
• START STRATEGY APPLIED
STRATEGY
• RESTART
CORRECTIVE FACTOR DE-
ECH
PENDING ON EXOTIC FUEL
—
QUANTITY. FOR INJECTION
TIME C
CORRECTED AVERAGE AL-
FACL FOR MEMORIZED —
FUEL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC
D
MISFIRE COUNTER —
RAW TANK TEMPERATURE
—
[°C] or [°F]
E
A/F RATIO —
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
—
VOLTAGE - TRACK 1 [mV] F
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
—
VOLTAGE - TRACK 2 [mV]
SENSORS SUPPLY VOLT- G
—
AGE 2 [mV]
SENSORS SUPPLY VOLT-
—
AGE 3 [mV]
H
COUNTER OF INCONSIS-
TENCIES BETWEEN ACCEL- —
ERATOR PEDAL AND BRAKE
I
BOOST PRESSURE SET-
—
POINT [hPa]
BOOST PRESSURE PWM
COMMAND (GASOLINE) [%]
— J
RAW FUEL PRESSURE
—
FROM SENSOR [bar]
K
PWM OF FUEL PUMP ACTU-
—
ATOR [%]
• OK
FUEL LOW LEVEL L
• LOW
MISFIRE COUNTER - CYLIN-
—
DER 1
M
—
DER 2
—
DER 3 N
—
DER 4
TLZ - LAST ACHIEVED ADAP- O
—
TIVE VALUE
TLZ - TLZ ADAPTIVE COR-
—
RECTION P
KNOCK COUNTER DETEC-
—
TION - CYLINDER 1
—
TION - CYLINDER 2
—
TION - CYLINDER 3
ECH-57

—
TION - CYLINDER 4
MEAN KNOCK NOISE —
• NOT DETECTED
CRANKSHAFT SIGNAL
• DETECTED
IGNITION ADVANCE [°Crk] —
MEMORIZED VARIABLE OF
—
THE FUEL LEVEL
$01 - RAW TANK DIFFEREN-
—
TIAL PRESSURE [Pa]
DCV DIAGNOSIS CRITERIA
—
[hPa]
• CC AND SL OFF
• SL ON (ACTIVE OR OVER-SPEED)
• SL ON (AWAITING OR SUPSENDED)
• SL REQUESTED AND IN FAILURE
CCSL - STATUS
• CC ON (ACTIVE)
• CC ON (AWAITING OR SUPSENDED)
• CC REQUESTED AND IN FAILURE
• CC AND SL NOT PRESENT
CCSL - STATE OF THE FAIL-
URES WHICH CAUSE IRRE- • NO ACTIVATION OF THE MINIMUM TRAVEL CLUTCH SWITCH WITHOUT CC DEACTIVATION
VERSIBLE CC SAFETY • ACTIVATION OF THE MINIMUM TRAVEL CLUTCH SWITCH WITHOUT CC DEACTIVATION
FAILURE.2
URES WHICH CAUSE IRRE- • NO ACTIVATION OF THE OPEN BRAKE SWITCH WITHOUT CC DEACTIVATION
VERSIBLE CC SAFETY • ACTIVATION OF THE OPEN BRAKE SWITCH WITHOUT CC DEACTIVATION
FAILURE.1
URES WHICH CAUSE IRRE- • NO PRESENCE OF CC FORCE REQUEST DESPITE THE CC DEACTIVATION
VERSIBLE CC SAFETY • PRESENCE OF CC FORCE REQUEST DESPITE THE CC DEACTIVATION
FAILURE.0
IDLE ENGINE SPEED SET-
—
POINT [rpm]
• OUT OF IDLE SPEED REGULATION
• TAKE OFF STATE
IDLE ENGINE SPEED REGU- • START STATE
LATION STATUS • AFTER START STATE
• CONDITION STATE
• ACTIVATION STATE
ACCELERATED IDLE SPEED
REQUESTED BY AIR CONDI- —
TIONING [rpm]
ADAPTATIVE CORRECTION
OF THE IDLE ENGINE SPEED —
REGULATOR [N.m]
FREON PRESSURE SENSOR
—
VOLTAGE [V]
RELATIVE AIR CONDITION-
—
ING PRESSURE [bar]
• KEY OFF
KEY STATE
• KEY ON
• NOT ACTIVATED
STATE OF THE CTP UNICING
• ACTIVATED
ALTERNATOR POWER [W] —
ECH-58

A
ALTERNATOR LOAD [%] —
CONTEXT NOT SAFETY DA-
TAS MICROCONTROLLER —
MEMORISED CARRIER 1.1
ECH

MEMORISED CARRIER 1.0 C
MEMORISED CARRIER 2.6 D
E
F
CONTEXT NOT SAFETY DA- G
CONTEXT NOT SAFETY DA- H
CONTEXT NOT SAFETY DA- I
CCSL - STEERING WHEEL
PUSH BUTTONS VOLTAGE —
J
[mV]
• UNPRESSED
• INVALID VOLTAGE K
• OPEN CIRCUIT
CCSL - STEERING WHEEL • SUSPEND BUTTON PRESSED
PUSH BUTTONS STATE • SET - BUTTON PRESSED
• SET + BUTTON PRESSED L
• RESUME BUTTON PRESSED
• DISTANCE BUTTON PRESSED
• RESERVED M
BRAKE PEDAL - CLOSE AC-
• NOT PREESED
TIVE SWITCH STATE
• PRESSED
• RESERVED N
BRAKE PEDAL - OPEN AC-
• NOT PREESED
TIVE SWITCH STATE
• PRESSED
BRAKE PEDAL - DURATION
OF THE CLOSE ACTIVE — O
SWITCH BLOCKED [s]
BRAKE PEDAL - DURATION
OF THE OPEN ACTIVE — P
SWITCH BLOCKED [s]
DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED
RECEIVED ON THE CAN —
NETWORK [km/h or mph]
DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED
—
UNIT [km/h or mph]
ECH-59

PILOTED THERMOSTAT
—
PWM COMMAND [%]
• NO ERROR
• HEADER-BYTE ERROR DETECTED ON MC
• CHECKSUM ERROR DETECTED ON MC
• PARITY ERROR DETECTED ON MC
• WRONG CONFIGURATION DATA SENT BY MU
• ERROR IN SWITCH-OFF PATH CHECK
• ERROR IN COMPATIBILITY CHECK ON MC
• ERROR IN STANDARD ROM CHECK
• ERROR IN STANDARD RAM CHECK
• ERROR IN LEVEL 2 ROM CHECK
• ERROR IN LEVEL 2 RAM CHECK
• FS-IST: MU SENT WRONG QUESTION
• FS-IST: MU DOES NOT REACT TO DELIBERATELY WRONG ANSWER
• FS-IST: MU DOES NOT DECREASE ITS FS-IST ANTI-BOUNCE COUNTER
CONTEXT SAFETY DATAS
• ERROR IN CHECK OF MU READINESS
MEMORISED IN MAIN MI-
• PFM: MU DOES NOT TOGGLE PFM BIT 0 IN TIME
CROCONTROLLER
• INVALID STATE TRANSITION OR UNDEFINED STATE ON MC
• PFM: MU DOES NOT REACT TO DELIBERATELY WRONG PFM BIT 0
• PFM: MU does not react to deliberately wrong PFM bit 6
• NO ERROR
• HEADER-BYTE ERROR DETECTED ON MU
• CHECKSUM ERROR DETECTED ON MU
• PARITY ERROR DETECTED ON MU
• WRONG CONFIGURATION DATA SENT BY MC
• ERROR IN COMPLEMENT CHECK OF CONFIGURATION DATA
• ERROR IN COMPATIBILITY CHECK ON MU
• COMMUNICATION MAXIMUM TIME-OUT MONITORING
• COMMUNICATION MINIMUM TIME-OUT MONITORING
• ERROR DETECTED BY IGNITION KEY MONITORING ON MU
• NORMAL INSTEAD OF EOLT HEADER RECEIVED
CONTEXT SAFTY DATAS
• FS-IST: MC SENT WRONG ANSWER
MEMORISED IN SAFETY MI-
• REDUNDANT SWITCH-OFF PATH HSA BEEN TRIGGERED
CROCONTROLLER
• MU HAS DETECTED UNDER-VOLTAGE
• MU HAS DETECTED OVER-VOLTAGE
• MU HAS DETECTED UNDER- AND OVER-VOLTAGE
• PFM TASK 0 EXECUTED TO SLOWLY ON MC
• Invalid state transition or undefined state on MU
FINAL INDICATED TORQUE
—
SETPOINT [N.m]
TORQUE SAFETY MONITOR-
ING STATUS FLAGS FOR —
SNAPSHOT DATA
ECH-60

A
TORQUE SAFETY MONITOR-
ING STATUS FLAGS FOR —
SNAPSHOT DATA [N.m]
ECH
—
SETPOINT [%]
GAS PUMP COMMAND • OFF
STATE • ON C
• DEACTIVATED
GAS PUMP PRIMING STATE
• ACTIVATED
• NO D
GAS PUMP PRIMING DONE
• YES
LIMP HOME POSITION OF
—
THE INLET THROTTLE [%] E
FINAL ALCOHOL ADAPTIVE
—
[%]
CURRENT VALUE OF THE F
COUNTER OF SLOW ALCO-
—
HOL ADAPTIVE COMPUTING
PHASES
G
CCSL - STATE OF THE RE-
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO SL ENGINE INHIBITION
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • SL ENGINE INHIBITION
CAUSE CCSL FAILURE.5 H
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO CHANGE OF THE DISPLAYED SPEED UNIT
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • CHANGE OF THE DISPLAYED SPEED UNIT I
CAUSE CCSL FAILURE.4
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED ABSENCE
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED ABSENCE
J
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO REAL VEHICLE SPEED ABSENCE K
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • REAL VEHICLE SPEED ABSENCE
CCSL - STATE OF THE RE- L
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED UNAVAILABLE
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • DISPLAYED VEHICLE SPEED UNAVAILABLE
M
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO REAL VEHICLE SPEED UNAVAILABLE
DUE TO CCSL WHICH • REAL VEHICLE SPEED UNAVAILABLE
CAUSE CCSL FAILURE.0 N
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO CC ENGINE INHIBITION
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • CC ENGINE INHIBITION
CC FAILURE.7 O
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO GEARBOX IN LIMP HOME MODE
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • GEARBOX IN LIMP HOME MODE P
CC FAILURE.6
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO SUDDEN BRAKING DETECTED WITHOUT BRAKE INFORMATION
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • SUDDEN BRAKING DETECTED WITHOUT BRAKE INFORMATION
CC FAILURE.5
ECH-61

VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO BRAKING DETECTED WITHOUT BRAKE INFORMATION
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • BRAKING DETECTED WITHOUT BRAKE INFORMATION
CC FAILURE.4
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO BRAKE INFORMATION ABSENCE
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • BRAKE INFORMATION ABSENCE
CC FAILURE.
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO BRAKE INFORMATION UNAVAILABLE
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • BRAKE INFORMATION UNAVAILABLE
CC FAILURE.2
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO CLUTCH INFORMATION ABSENCE
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • CLUTCH INFORMATION ABSENCE
CC FAILURE.1
VERSIBLE FAILURES NOT • NO CLUTCH INFORMATION UNAVAILABLE
DUE TO CC WHICH CAUSE • CLUTCH INFORMATION UNAVAILABLE
CC FAILURE.0
THROTTLE VALVE OFFSET -
—
MIN POSITION - TRACK 1 [%]
FLOW WATER VALVE COM- • DEACTIVATED
MAND OF WATER SYSTEM • ACTIVATED
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• For reference values of the following items, refer to ECH-71, "Reference Value".
Monitored Item
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
ENGINE COOLANT
°C (°F) —
TEMPERATURE
• Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sen-
ENGINE SPEED rpm
sor is displayed.
BATTERY VOLTAGE V —
TOTAL VEHICLE DIS-
km (mile) —
TANCE
OIL TEMPERATURE -
°C (°F) —
ENGINE
FUEL TEMPERA-
°C (°F) —
TURE
ATMOSPHERIC
mbar —
PRESSURE
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL VOLTAGE - mV —
TRACK 1
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL VOLTAGE - mV —
TRACK 2
ENGINE STOPPED/EN-
GINE DRIVEN/ENGINE
ENGINE STATUS —
STALLED/ENGINE AU-
TONOMOUS
ECH-62
A
CAMSHAFT_CRANK
NOT SYNCHRONIZED/
SHAFT SYNCHRONI- —
SYNCHRONIZED
ZATION STATE
BRAKE PEDAL - ECH
RESERVED/NOT
CLOSE ACTIVE —
PRESSED/PRESSED
SWITCH STATE
BRAKE PEDAL - C
RESERVED/NOT
OPEN ACTIVE —
PRESSED/PRESSED
SWITCH STATE
ACCELERATOR D
—
PEDAL POSITION
ALTERNATOR POW-
W —
ER
E
CLUTCH PEDAL -
MINIMUM TRAVEL
RELEASED/PRESSED —
SWITCH STATE -
WIRE F
OUT OF IDLE SPEED
REGULATION/TAKE OFF
IDLE ENGINE SPEED
STATE/START STATE/AF- G
REGULATION STA- —
TER START STATE/CON-
TUS
DITION STATE/
ACTIVATION STATE
REQUESTED IDLE H
SPEED SETPOINT
rpm —
FOR LCV'S ACCES-
SORIES
I
CONFIGURATION -
CLUTCH PEDAL - NOT CONNECTED/CON-
—
MINIMUM TRAVEL NECTED
SWITCH J
CONFIGURATION -
BRAKE PEDAL -
WITHOUT/WITH —
OPEN ACTIVE K
SWITCH
ALTERNATOR LOAD % —
CONFIGURATION - L
ACCESSORIES IDLE DEACTIVATED/ACTIVAT-
—
ENGINE SPEED ED
STRATEGY
M
OWE - NUMBER OF
ENGINE REVOLU-
trs —
TIONS SINCE THE
LAST OIL DRAIN N
OWE - TOTAL VEHI-
CLE DISTANCE AT km (mile) —
THE LAST OIL DRAIN O
TLZ - LEARNING
NOT LEARNED/
HALF-TURN DE- —
LEARNED
FAULT STATE
P
LONG ENGINE NOT ENABLED/EN-
—
START REQUEST ABLED
EXTERNAL CON-
NOT ENABLED/EN-
TROLS SAFETY AU- —
ABLED
THORIZATION FLAG
ECH-63
CUMULATIVE NUM-
BER OF ENGINE —
STARTS
NUMBER OF ENGINE
FIRST STARTS (OR
NUMBER OF TRIPS —
DONE BY THE VEHI-
CLE)
CUMULATIVE NUM-
BER OF ENGINE
—
STARTS, NON-RE-
SETTABLE
IDLE SPEED FOR
LCV ACCESSORIES NOT ACTIVATED/ACTI-
—
ACTIVATION RE- VATED
QUESTED BY BCM
MAXIMUM VEHICLE
SPEED TO AUTHO-
RIZE COMMERCIAL
km/h (mph) —
VEHICLE ACCESSO-
RIES ACCELERATED
IDLE SPEED
VALIDITY OF THE
NOT VALIDATED/VALI-
LEARNED DEFAULT —
DATED
VALUE
BEGIN STROKE
CLUTCH PEDAL
OFF/ON/NO NORM —
SWITCH FOR
CRUISE CONTROL
ALLOW COMPARI-
SON BETWEEN
MEASURED ANGU-
LAR POSITIONS OF FORBIDDEN/AUTHO-
—
THE CAMSHAFT RIZED
WHEEL ACTIVE
EDGES AND VALUES
STORED IN EEPROM
INTEGRAL TORQUE
CORRECTION IDLE N.m —
SPEED REGULATOR
EONV DIAGNOSIS
DIAG EVAP ENABLE/
INHIBITION COM- —
DIAG EVAP DISABLE
MAND
CONTACTOR IS NOT
USED (NORMAL PERMA-
END STROKE NENT STATE)/CONTAC-
CLUTCH PEDAL TOR IS USED (NON
—
SWITCH FROM WIRE PERMANENT STATE)/
CONTACTOR THERE IS NO CONTAC-
TOR/CONTACTOR IS
NOT AVAILABLE
INTAKE MANIFOLD
mbar —
PRESSURE
THROTTLE VALVE
POSITION SENSOR mV —
VOLTAGE - TRACK 1
THROTTLE VALVE
POSITION SENSOR mV —
VOLTAGE - TRACK 2
ECH-64
A
SOOT MASS IN CSF G —
THROTTLE VALVE
% —
POSITION
ECH
WAITING STATE/HEAT-
CSF STATEMACHINE ING STATE/REGENERA-
STATUS FOR AFTER- TION STATE/COOLING
—
SALE DIAGNOSIS STATE/SUCCESSFUL C
REGENERATION REGENERATION STATE/
FAILURE STATE
TEMPERATURE BE- D
°C (°F) —
FORE TURBINE
INTAKE MANIFOLD
°C (°F) —
TEMPERATURE
E
CSF UPSTREAM
°C (°F) —
TEMPERATURE
CATALYST EXHAUST
GAS UPSTREAM OX-
F
mV —
YGEN SENSOR
VOLTAGE
INLET THROTTLE G
UPSTREAM TEM- °C (°F) —
PERATURE
THROTTLE VALVE H
OFFSET - FIRST
NO/YES —
LEARNINGS SUC-
CESSFULLY DONE
I
WAIT OF STATUS/SUC-
CESS OF REGENERA-
TION/FAILURE ON
THRESHOLD OF MINI- J
MAL CSF UPSTREAM
TEMPERATURE DURING
REGENERATION STATE/
FAILURE ON THRESH- K
OLD OF MINIMAL TEM-
PERATURE BEFORE
TURBINE DURING RE-
GENERATION STATE/ L
FAILURE ON THRESH-
CSF - AFTER-SALES OLD OF MAXIMAL CSF
REGENERATION TEMPERATURE —
STATUS REACHED DURING RE- M
GENERATION STATE
(THERMAL SHOCK)/
THRESHOLD OF EN-
N
GINE COOLING TEM-
PERATURE NOT
REACHED/THRESHOLD
OF DIFFERENTIAL O
PRESSURE NOT
REACHED/ENGINE
SPEED DEVIATION/EN-
GINE IN STALLED P
STATE/ENGINE IN
STOPPED STATE
CSF - PROGRESS
LEVEL OF THE AF-
% —
TER-SALES REGEN-
ERATION
ECH-65
RESULT OF THE
CATALYST DIAG- INITIAL VALUE/GOOD/IN-
—
NOSTIC AFTER- TERMEDIATE/BAD
SALES ROUTINE
RESULT OF THE
CATALYST EXHAUST
GAS UPSTREAM OX- INITIAL VALUE/GOOD/IN-
—
YGEN SENSOR DI- TERMEDIATE/BAD
AGNOSTIC AFTER-
SALES ROUTINE
SLOW ADAPTATIVE
TERM OF THE
% —
WASTEGATE CON-
TROL
CIRCULATION RE-
QUEST OF THE NO COOLING REQUEST/
—
COOLANT FOR EN- COOLING REQUEST
GINE
KNOCK COUNTER
DETECTION - CYLIN- —
DER 1
KNOCK COUNTER
DER 2
KNOCK COUNTER
DER 3
KNOCK COUNTER
DER 4
MEAN KNOCK NOISE —
STARTING MODE/OPEN
LOOP MODE/CLOSED
LOOP MODE/BEFORE
RICHNESS REGULA-
CLOSED LOOP MODE/ —
TION STATUS
CLOSED LOOP MODE/
RICHNESS STATE MA-
CHINE IS IN OBD MODE
CORRECTED AVER-
AGE ALFACL FOR
MEMORIZED FUEL —
SYSTEM DIAGNOS-
TIC
ACTIVATION RE-
QUEST OF MASTER-
VAC FACTORY
DIAGNOSTIC SE- NO REQUEST/REQUEST —
QUENCE (AT FIRST
POWER SUPPLY OF
ECU)
SUFFICIENT PRES-
MASTERVAC PRES- SURE DIFFERENCE
SURE SWITCH STATE/INSUFFICIENT —
STATE PRESSURE DIFFER-
ENCE STATE
GDI - FUEL RAIL
bar —
PRESSURE
ECH-66
A
GLOBAL INJECTED
FUEL MASS RE- mg/strk —
QUEST
WIRE SPORT BUTTON ECH
ON NORMAL MODE/
WIRE SPORT BUT-
WIRE SPORT BUTTON —
TON
ON SPORT MODE OR
RACE MODE
C
STATE OF THE BE-
GIN HIGH OF THE
CLUTCH PEDAL PEDAL RELEASED/PED- D
—
(0=PEDAL RE- AL PRESSED
LEASED, 1=PEDAL
PRESSED)
E
AFTER-SALE ALTER-
NATOR VOLTAGE V —
SET-POINT
REFERENCE BAT-
F
TERY VOLTAGE NOT V —
SATURATED
COMMAND OF THE G
NO COMMAND RE-
DRAIN CUT VALVE
QUESTED/COMMAND —
FOR THE EVAP DI-
REQUESTED
AGNOSIS
H
$01 - INTAKE MANI-
FOLD ABSOLUTE kPa —
PRESSURE
I
$01 - RAW TANK DIF-
FERENTIAL PRES- Pa —
SURE
AVERAGED SIGNAL J
VOLTAGE OF FUEL V —
PRESSURE SENSOR
ADAPTED EXHAUST K
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK — L
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).07
M
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE N
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).06 O
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION, P
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).05
ECH-67
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).04
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).03
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).02
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).01
ADAPTED EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT I SIGNAL
EDGE Z POSITION,
THAT WILL BE
°CRK —
SAVED AT PWL (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED).00
LAST CORRECT
ADAPTED VALUE OF
REFERENCE CAM-
SHAFT EDGE, EX-
°CRK —
HAUST I (FOR
EXAMPLE WHEN
CAM SENSOR
CHANGED)
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE

WRITE V.I.N. — — —
AFTER THROTTLE
VALVE REPLACE- — — —
MENT
ECH-68
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE
A
AFTER TURBO-
CHARGER COMPO- — — —
NET REPLACEMENT
AFTER TURBO- ECH
CHARGER SOLE-
— — —
NOID VALVE
REPLACEMENT
C
AFTER END
STROKE CLUTCH
— — —
CONTACTOR RE-
PLACEMENT D
AFTER CAMSHAFT
SENSOR REPLACE- — — —
MENT E
AFTER TDC SEN-
— — —
SOR REPLACEMENT
AFTER INJECTION F
PUMP REPLACE- — — —
MENT
AFTER RAIL PRES- G
SURE SENSOR RE- — — —
PLACEMENT
AFTER INJECTOR
— — — H
REPLACEMENT
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE COMPUTER
WRITE SAVED DATA — —
DATA” in work support mode to ECM.
I
SAVE COMPUTER
— In this mode, save data that is in ECM. —
DATA
RESET STARTER
— — — J
COUNTER
INPUT STARTER
— — —
COUNTER
K
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

L
GAS PUMP COM-
MAND STATE — — —
(GASOLINE)
M
INTAKE CAM-
SHAFT PHASER — — —
PWM COMMAND
BOOST PRES- N
SURE PWM COM- — — —
MAND (GASOLINE)
CATALYST EX- O
HAUST GAS UP-
STREAM OXYGEN
— — —
RESISTANCE
HEATER PWM P
COMMAND
CATALYST EX-
HAUST GAS
DOWNSTREAM
— — —
OXYGEN RESIS-
TANCE HEATER
PWM COMMAND
ECH-69
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
OIL PRESSURE
RCO COMMAND — — —
WITH MONITOOL
VVT CONTROL SO-
LENOID (EX- — — —
HAUST)
CONTROLLED
— — —
THERMOSTAT
THROTTLE VALVE
POSITION SET- — — —
POINT
CANISTER DRAIN
VALVE COMMAND — — —
(CONTI)
ECH-70
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HRA2DDT]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010379037
ECH
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE: C
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. D
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the
data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from E
the camshaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to ECH-53, "CONSULT Function".
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

F
• Engine: Running Running
• Engine: Stopped Off
MOTOR G
• Engine: Stalled STALLED
• Engine: Cranking CRANKING
— NOT DONE H
CAM TDC SYNC
— DONE
— MISSING
C/U+AFTR IGN I
— PRESENT
CLUTCH PEDAL • Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully released Inactive

SWITCH (Engine stopped) Clutch pedal: Fully depressed ACTIVE J
— DONE
FIRST START
— NOT DONE
K
— NOT PROTECTED
— BLANK
INJEC PROTEC — PROT1 L
— PROT2
— PROT3
M
WIRED BRAK CON- • Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESENT
TA (Engine stopped) Brake pedal: Fully released RELES
— OK N
CRANK SYNC
— NG
OK
LOW FUEL LEVEL • Ignition switch: ON
Low O
Selector lever position: Neutral DECLTC
Selector lever position: 1st 1
P
Selector lever position: 2nd 2
• Ignition switch: ON
GEARBOX RATIO Selector lever position: 3rd 3
(Engine stopped)
Selector lever position: 4th 4
Selector lever position: Reverse REVERSE
ECH-71
ECM
Brake pedal: Released MISSING
BRAKING DETECT-
ED MULTIPLEX Brake pedal: Pressed PRESENT
(Engine stopped)
SIGNAL
Brake pedal: Confirmed depressed INTM
• Engine: After warming up Fan motor (LO): Operating Yes
FAN LO REQ INJEC • Selector lever position: Neutral
• No load Fan motor (LO): Not operating No
• Engine: After warming up Fan motor (HI): Operating Yes

FAN HI REQ INJEC • Selector lever position: Neutral
• No load Fan motor (HI): Not operating No
• Engine: After warming up Fan motor (LO): Operating Yes

FAN LO FINAL REQ • Selector lever position: Neutral
• No load Fan motor (LO): Not operating No
• Engine: After warming up Fan motor (HI): Operating Yes

FAN HI FINAL REQ • Selector lever position: Neutral
• No load Fan motor (HI): Not operating No
INLET AIR TEM- Indicates intake air tempera-

PERATURE ture.
NOTE:
BOOST PRESSURE —
The item is indicated, but not used.
• Engine: After warming up Idle V
MANI PRES SEN • Selector lever position: Neutral
VLT • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm V
• No load
WATER TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
COMP SUP VOLT V
(Engine stopped)
Almost the same speed as
ENGINE SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. speedometer indication.
ENG TORQUE • Engine: Running Indicates engine torque.
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V

PL PTNMR T1 V
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

PL PTNMR T2 V
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released %

ACCEL/PDL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed %
SEN 1 FEED V V
(Engine stopped)
SEN 2 FEED V V
(Engine stopped)
COOLANT TEMPE • Engine: After warming up V
ALTERNATOR LO • Engine: idle V
AIR INL TMP SEN Output voltage varies with in-
• Engine: idle
VO take air temperature.
Indicated multiplication value
CRAN SYN LOSS
— of loose of crankshaft syn-
CO
chronization.
• Engine: Idle
RFRGERNT PRSS 12.80 bar
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
ALTERNATOR
• Engine: idle W
POWER
ECH-72
ECM
A
MOTORISED Accelerator pedal: Fully released %
THROTTLE POSI-
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed %
TION REFERENCE
Number HEAT REG ECH
—
ACT
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
• Selector lever position: Neutral C
CAN/B S/V RCO
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20% - 90%
• No load
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.28 V D

THL TRACK1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.64 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 4.74 V

THL TRACK2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 0.38 V E
UPST O2HT RES — ohm
RICH CRCT • Engine: idle
F
• Engine: After warming up Idle 310 mbar
MANIFOLD PRES- • Selector lever position: Neutral
SURE • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 235 mbar
• No load G
THRL/V SAFE MOD
— %
VAL PRG
IDLE ADPT CORR • Engine: idle Nm H
O2 HEAT RESIS — ohm
CYL1 KNOCK VAL • Engine: idle
I
CYL4 KNOCK VAL • Engine: idle J
AVRGE KNK SIG • Engine: Running 11516
UPSTREM O2 V • Engine: After warming up 2,000 rpm 0 - 1.0 V
K
D/ST O2 VOLT • Engine: After warming up 2,000 rpm 0.3 - 0.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 12%

MSURS TH POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 84% L
THL POS TK 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 84%
M
THL POS TK 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 84%
• Ignition switch: ON N
M.THL L/S P/V 10%
(Engine stopped)
RICH REG PRGRM
— us
OFFSET
O
RICH REG PRGRM
—
GAIN
CAMSHAFT
— °V P
DEPHASING
ESTM ENG OIL
• Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
TEMP
IDL REG INTGR • Engine: idle Nm
OPRTE RCH ADP —
ECH-73
ECM
DEL UPSTREAM
—
SEN HEAT
IGN ADVANCE — V
LNEARIS MANI • Ignition switch: ON Indicates intake manifold
PRESS (Engine stopped) pressure.
CYL1 COMBU MIS/ Indicated multiplication value
—
F COUNT of misfire of cylinder 1.
—
—
—
BRAKE CNT 1 DU-
— s
RATION
BRAKE CNT 2 DU-
— s
RATION
REFRGRT PRESS • Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0 V
SEN • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
OPERATING RICH
— %
CRCT
COMBU MIS/F Indicated multiplication value
—
COUNTER of misfire.
CSFT DPH S/V
• Engine: idle %
CTRL OCR
CSFT DPH SET-
• Engine: idle °V
POINT
• Flywheel learning has not been performed yet. NOT DONE
FLYWHL TGT PG
• Flywheel learning has already been performed successfully. DONE
• Throttle valve offset first learning has not been performed yet. NOT DONE
PRGRM THL LMT
• Throttle valve offset first learning has already been performed successfully. DONE
• Fuel pump: Not operating Inactive
FU P CMD CIRC
• Fuel pump: Operating ACTIVE
MIL: Bulb check SLF-TST
OBD LIGHT ILLUMI- • Ignition switch: ON MIL: Blink FLASHING

NATION REQUEST (Engine stopped) MIL: Illuminate Yes
MIL: Not illuminate No
Crankshaft position sensor signal: Detect-
DETCT
ed
TDC SEN SIG • Engine: After warming up
Crankshaft position sensor signal: Not de-
Not detected
tected
Selector lever position: Neutral DECLTC
Selector lever position: 1st 1
Selector lever position: 2nd 2
GEARBOX RATIO • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever position: 3rd 3
TARGET (Engine stopped)
Selector lever position: Reverse REVERS
ECH-74
ECM
A
CL CNT WIRE CON- • Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully released CNT
NECTION (Engine stopped) Clutch pedal: Fully depressed N / CNT
ACC PEDAL DE- — Yes ECH

TECT — No
HEAT REG relay — ACTIVE

CTRL 2 — Inactive C
• Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: ON

ACTIVE
HEAT/R RLY3 • Selector lever position: Neutral (Compressor operates)
• No load D
Air conditioner switch: OFF Inactive

ACTIVE
A/C CNT COMP • Selector lever position: Neutral (Compressor operates)
• No load
E
Air conditioner switch: OFF Inactive
• Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released RELES

BRAKE PEDAL
(Engine stopped) Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED F
ACTIVE
HEAT/R RLY1 • Selector lever position: Neutral (Compressor operates)
• No load Air conditioner switch: OFF Inactive G
S/V PRGRM CAM/S — DONE
SFT — NOT DONE
H
CL START OF • Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully released RELES
TRAVEL SW (Engine stopped) Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
TERMINAL LAYOUT I
JSBIA4346ZZ L
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: M
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
N
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) O
+ − Signal name
Output
1 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (CAN-H) Output P
2 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(P) (CAN-L) Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
3 29 ASCD MAIN switch: OFF
ASCD MAIN switch Input
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
ASCD MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
ECH-75
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
• Engine stopped 0V
6 29 • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Clutch interlock switch Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 11.81 V
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
0V
9 29 Clutch pedal position • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Input
(R) (B) switch [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed (11 - 14 V)
0V
10 29 Speed limiter MAIN Speed limiter MAIN switch: OFF
Input
(V) (B) switch [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
14 Sensor ground
— — — —
(BR) (ASCD steering switch)
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
1V
15 14 • CANCEL switch: Pressed
ASCD steering switch Input
(G) (BR) [Ignition switch: ON]
3V
• RES/+ switch: Pressed
2V
• SET/− switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
17 29 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(BG) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] Battery voltage
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
Sensor ground
21
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(Y)
tion sensor 2)
22 21 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(W) (Y) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
23
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BG)
tion sensor 2)
25
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Sensor power supply
27
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V)
tion sensor 1)
28 Battery voltage
— Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (11 - 14 V)
29
(B)
Sensor ground
30
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(GR)
tion sensor 1)
ECH-76
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] ECH
31 30 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(R) (GR) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] C
32 D
(B)
4.72 V
[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending F
on rpm at idle
JSBIA4747ZZ
35 37 Crankshaft position sen-
Input
(R) (B) sor (POS) G
4.4 V
[Engine is running] H
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA4748ZZ
I
Sensor ground
37
— (Crankshaft position sen- — — —
(B)
sor) J
38 35 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 0V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
11.76 V K
[Stop/start system operate]
(While operating the starter mo-
• While cranking of restart
39 29 Engine restart relay con- tor)
Output
(Y) (B) trol signal [Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition 14.34 V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
M
• Idle speed
(8.7 - 14.34 V)
N
40 29 Exhaust valve timing con-
Output
(GR) (B) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm O
JMBIA0038GB
P
Sensor power supply
41 37
(Crankshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (B)
sor)
42 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Knock sensor)
ECH-77
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Battery voltage
(14.34 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting
EVAP canister purge vol-

44 29
ume control solenoid Output JMBIA0327GB
(BG) (B)
valve
13.38 - 14.34 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.)
JSBIA4749ZZ
Sensor power supply

45 62
(Fuel rail pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (R)
sor)
46
— Shield — — —
(Shield)
[Engine is running]
—
48 29 Turbocharger wastegate Turbocharger: Not operated
Output
(G) (B) control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
—
Turbocharger: Operated
13.31 V
JSBIA4750ZZ
14.18 V
[Engine is running]
52 29 Thermostat heater control
Output • Warm-up condition
(GR) (B) solenoid valve
• Idle speed
JSBIA4751ZZ
14.20 V
[Engine is running]
• Before warm-up condition
• Idle speed
JSBIA4752ZZ
ECH-78
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
ECH
11.72 V
56 29 C
Voltage stabilizer signal Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG) (B)
D
JSBIA4782ZZ
Sensor power supply

57 77
(Refrigerant pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L) (V) E
sensor)
13.36 V
F
G
JSBIA4753ZZ
14.20 V
H
Engine coolant bypass [Engine is running]

60 29
valve control solenoid Output • Warm-up condition
(V) (B) I
valve • Idle speed
JSBIA4754ZZ
J
14.10 V
[Engine is running] K
• Before warm-up condition
• Idle speed
L
JSBIA4755ZZ
Sensor ground
62
— (Fuel rail pressure sen- — — —
(R) M
sor)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed N
63 62
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(G) (R)
1.40 - 2.99 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000 O
rpm quickly
65 90 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B) (Throttle position sensor)
P
[Engine is running]
14.18 V
68 29 Turbocharger wastegate Turbocharger: Not operated
Output
(G) (B) control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
0.47 V
Turbocharger: Operated
ECH-79
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
72 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(P)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
76 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(LG)
on rpm at idle
29 JSBIA4756ZZ
Output
79 (B)
Ignition signal No. 3 0.3 V
(Y)
[Engine is running]
80 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Ignition signal No. 4
(SB)
JSBIA4757ZZ
74 106 Intake air temperature

Input [Engine is running] 3.13 V
(LG) (BR) sensor
75 81 Engine coolant tempera-
Input [Engine is running] 0.77 V
(BR) (P) ture sensor
Sensor ground
77
— (Refrigerant pressure — — —
(V)
sensor)
[Engine is running]
78 77 Refrigerant pressure sen-
Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan mo- 1.44 - 1.70 V
(P) (V) sor
tor switch: ON (Compressor oper-
ates)
Sensor ground
81
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — —
(P)
ture sensor)
• Engine stopped
1.17 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
82 90 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
1.17 V
[Engine is running]
83 29 Engine restart bypass • Idle speed
Output
(G) (B) control relay 0V
[Stop/start system operate]
(While operating the starter mo-
While cranking of restart
tor)
ECH-80
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
0.24 V ECH
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition C
• Idle speed
JSBIA4758ZZ D
0.25 V
E
84 29 Engine oil pressure con- [Engine is running]
Output
(SB) (B) trol solenoid valve • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA4759ZZ
0.3 V
G
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 3,000 rpm H
JSBIA4760ZZ
I
• Engine stopped
3.85 V
87 90 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released J
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
3.85 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) K
[Engine is running]
L
• Idle speed
(8.8 - 14.34 V)
88 29 Intake valve timing control M
Output [Engine is running]
(G) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm Quickly N
JMBIA0038GB
90 Sensor ground O
— — — —
(B) (Throttle position sensor)
ECH-81
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
91 29 Heated oxygen sensor 1 - Keeping the engine speed between
Output 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
(SB) (B) heater
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
JSBIA4761ZZ

11.83 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running] 1.4 V

• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
92 29 Heated oxygen sensor 2 - Keeping the engine speed between
Output 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
(L) (B) heater
load
JSBIA4762ZZ

11.83 V
• Engine stopped
93 Battery voltage
— Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (11 - 14 V)
2.88 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
95 29 High pressure fuel pump Output JSBIA4763ZZ
(W) (B) (HI)

3.50 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JSBIA4764ZZ
ECH-82
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
ECH
2.49 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
D
96 29 High pressure fuel pump Output JSBIA4765ZZ
(B) (B) (LO)

2.85 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA4766ZZ
[Engine is running] G
• Idle speed
97 106 Turbocharger boost sen-
Input [Engine is running]
(V) (BR) sor H
1.63 - 2.64 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000
rpm quickly
[Engine is running] I
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
99 122 J
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Input - Engine: after warming up 0.2 - 0.83 V
(Y) (B)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no K
load
100 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 1)
L
[Engine is running]
—
• Both A/C switch and blower fan
switch: ON (Compressor operates) M
102 114 Intake manifold pressure [Engine is running]
Output
(W) (R) sensor • Warm-up condition —
• Idle speed N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition —
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
Sensor ground
106 (Intake air temperature
— — — —
(BR) sensor, Turbocharger
boost sensor) P
[Engine is running]
0.76 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
111 29 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
ECH-83
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
112 122
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0.2 - 0.83 V
(W) (B)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
load
Sensor ground
114
— (Intake manifold pressure — — —
(R)
sensor)
• For 1 second after turning ignition
0.77 V
switch ON
115 29 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(L) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON
Sensor power supply
117 114
(Intake manifold pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (R)
sensor)
Sensor power supply
121 126
(Exhaust valve timing — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B)
control position sensor)
122 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 1)
10.6 V
123 29 Engine communication Input/

(G) (B) line Output
JSBIA4767ZZ
Sensor ground
126
— (Exhaust valve timing — — —
(B)
control position sensor)
2.56 - 3.05 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
127 126 Exhaust valve timing con- JSBIA4768ZZ

Input
(L) (B) trol position sensor
2.56 - 2.85 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA4769ZZ
ECH-84
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
ECH
1.40 V

132 136 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped C
Output
(R) (L) (Open) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
D
JSBIA4770ZZ
Sensor power supply

133
— (Camshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(GR) E
sor)
Sensor ground
134
— (Camshaft position sen- — — —
(Y)
sor) F
2.56 - 3.09
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition G
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle H
135 69 JSBIA4771ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(L) (GR)
2.56 - 2.83
I
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm J
JSBIA4772ZZ
K
1.4 V
[Ignition switch: ON] L

136 132 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(L) (R) (Close) • Selector lever:1st
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
M
JSBIA4773ZZ
Sensor power supply

137 106
(Turbocharger boost sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V N
(P) (BR)
sor)
143 29 [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
PNP signal Input
(W) (B) • Selector lever: Neutral (11 - 14 V) O
ECH-85
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
153 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1 (HI)
(LG) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
154 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3 (HI) The pulse cycle changes depending
(LG)
on rpm at idle
29 JSBIA4774ZZ
Output
155 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(P) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
156 • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
(W)
JSBIA4775ZZ
157 BATTERY VOLTAGE

Fuel injector No. 1 (LO)
(R) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
158 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3 (LO) The pulse cycle changes depending
(SB)
on rpm at idle
29 JSBIA4776ZZ
Output
159 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(V) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
160 • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
(B)
JSBIA4777ZZ
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010379038
X: Applicable —: Not applicable

Items
DTC* Trip MIL Fault code Reference page
(CONSULT screen item)
U0111 — 10 – 08, 63 ECH-129
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK
U0121 10 – 87 ECH-130
BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) CONTROL MODULE
U0298 — 10 – 01 ECH-131
U0299 — 10 – 08 ECH-133
U0315 VEHICLE SPEED 10 – 82, 86, 87 ECH-134
INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM ANTI-LOCK
U0415 10 – 64, 82 ECH-135
BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
B1900 — 10 – 01 ECH-136
B1901 — 10 – 01 ECH-138
ECH-86
ECM
Items
(CONSULT screen item) A
B1902 — 10 – 01 ECH-140
B1903 — 10 – 01 ECH-142
ECH
B1904 — 10 – 01 ECH-144
FUEL VOLUME REGULATOR CONTROL ACTU-
P0001 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-145
ATOR
C
INTAKE CAMSHAFT VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
P0010 10 – 11, 12, 13 ECH-147
SOLENOID VALVE
INTAKE CAMSHAFT VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
P0011 10 – 77, 78, 92 ECH-149 D
CONTROL FUNCTION
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT VARIABLE VALVE TIM-
P0013 10 – 11, 12, 13 ECH-151
ING CONTROL FUNCTION
E
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT VARIABLE VALVE TIM-
P0014 10 – 77, 78, 92 ECH-153
ING SOLENOID VALVE
CAMSHAFT POSITION - INTAKE CAMSHAFT
P0016 3 × 62 ECH-155 F
POSITION CORRELATION
CAMSHAFT POSITION - EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
P0017 3 × 62 ECH-157
POSITION CORRELATION
G
P0033 TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE 10 – 16, 17 ECH-159
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATION CONTROL
P0089 10 – 63 ECH-161
FUNCTION
H
P0090 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL FUNCTION 1 × 77 ECH-162
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE DOWNSTREAM-
P0095 3 × 16, 17 ECH-164
TURBOCHARGER/SUPERCHARGER SENSOR
I
P0105 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR 3 × 16, 17 ECH-166
P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE FUNCTION 3 × 64 ECH-168
P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 3 × 16, 17, 2F ECH-170 J
P0120 INTAKE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 3 × 29 ECH-172
TURBOCHARGER/SUPERCHARGER INLET
P012A 3 × 16, 17 ECH-174 K
PRESSURE SENSOR
P0130 O2 SENSOR - UPSTREAM 1 or 3 × 09, 11, 12, 13 ECH-177
P0135 O2 SENSOR HEATER - UPSTREAM 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-180
L
P0136 O2 SENSOR - DOWNSTREAM 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-182
P0141 O2 SENSOR HEATER - DOWNSTREAM 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-184
P0170 FUEL TRIM 3 × 09 ECH-186 M
P0190 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR 1 or 3 × 16, 17, 64 ECH-189
P0201 INJECTOR CIRCUIT - CYLINDER 1 3 × 11, 12, 13, 24 ECH-191
N
P0204 INJECTOR CIRCUIT - CYLINDER 4 3 × 11, 12, 13, 24 ECH-191 O
P0217 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 10 – 98 ECH-194
INTAKE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR -
P0220 3 × 29 ECH-197
TRACK 2 P
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR -
P0225 3 × 16 or 17 ECH-199
TRACK 1
P0226 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 or 3 × or – 64, F1, F2, F3 ECH-201
P0243 TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-203
FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL CIRCUITDTC
P025A 1 × 00, 11, 12 ECH-205
025AH
ECH-87
ECM
Items
(CONSULT screen item)
RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DE-
P0300 3 × 66, F8 ECH-207
TECTED
P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED 3 × 66, F8 ECH-207
P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED 1 or 3 × 66, F8 ECH-207
P0313 MISFIRE DETECTED WITH LOW FUEL 1 or 3 × 66, F8 ECH-207
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SYSTEM VARIATION
P0315 3 × 09 ECH-209
NOT LEARNED
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR 3 – 1C ECH-211
25, 29, 31, 38,
P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 3 × ECH-213
62, 64, 96
P0340 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 3 × 29, 31, 38, 64 ECH-215
IGNITION COIL 1 OR IGNITION COIL - CYLIN-
P0351 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-218
DER 1 AND 4
P0352 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-218
DER 2 AND 3
P0353 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-218
DER 2 AND 3
P0354 3 × 11, 12, 13 ECH-218
DER 1 AND 4
P0365 EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 3 × 29, 31, 38, 64 ECH-223
P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM 3 × 09 ECH-226
P0443 CANISTER PURGE VALVE 3 or 10 × or – 11, 12, 13 ECH-228
P0530 A/C REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR 16, 17 ECH-230
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE 3 or 10 × or – 16, 17, 61 ECH-233
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER - PADDLE
P0564 10 – 15, 29, 1C ECH-235
CONTROL BUTTON
P0571 CLOSED BRAKE SENSOR 29 ECH-237
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER - SWITCH
P0575 10 – 64 ECH-240
BUTTON
P0597 ENGINE COOLANT THERMOSTAT 3 or 10 × or – 11, 12, 13 ECH-242
P0606 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - PROCESSOR 3 × 04 ECH-244
P060A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - RESET 1 × 49 ECH-245
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - A/D CONVERT-
P060B 3 × 49 ECH-246
ER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - TORQUE CON-
P061A 1 or 3 or 10 × or – 61, 62, 64, F9 ECH-247
TROL FUNCTION
P062C — 10 – 64 ECH-248
P062D INJECTOR BANK1 DRIVER 3 × 8F, F7 ECH-249
P062E INJECTOR BANK2 DRIVER 3 × 8F, F7 ECH-250
INTAKE THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL
P0638 1 × 77 ECH-251
FUNCTION
P0641 POWER SUPPLY 1 1 × 16, 17 ECH-255
P0657 ACTUATORS POWER RELAY 10 – 11 ECH-259
ECH-88
ECM
Items
(CONSULT screen item) A
P0703 OPEN BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH 29 ECH-262
P0833 BEGINING OF CLUTCH PEDAL MOVE SWITCH 10 – 62 ECH-265
ECH
INJECTOR BOOST VOLTAGE CONTROL FUNC-
P10AA 3 × 16, 17, 25 ECH-269
TION
P1512 — 10 – 01 ECH-270
C
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER DEACTIVA-
P1525 10 – F3 ECH-271
TION
P1589 — 10 – 29, 64 ECH-272
D
P158A — 10 – 62 ECH-274
INTERNAL ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ER-
P160C 3 × 04 ECH-278
ROR E
P1650 — 10 – 72, 73 ECH-280
P1655 — 10 – 01 ECH-283
P1656 ELECTROMAGNETIC TORQUE CONTROL 10 – 01 ECH-287 F
P1675 — 1 × 98 ECH-290
INTAKE THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL - H
P2100 3 × 01 ECH-293 G
BRIDGE
INTAKE THROTTLE ACTUATOR OFFSET
P2119 3 × 07, 75, 91 ECH-295
LEARNING
H
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR -
P2120 3 × 16, 17 ECH-298
TRACK 2
THROTTLE CORRELATION BETWEEN THE
P2135 3 or 10 × or – 64, 2F ECH-301 I
TWO SENSORS
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL FUNC-
P2263 3 × 21, 22 ECH-303
TION
J
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE 10 – 01, 79 ECH-305
*: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
ECH-89
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HRA2DDT]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010379039
JRBWC5920GB
ECH-90
ECH
JRBWC5921GB
ECH-91
JRBWC5922GB
ECH-92
ECH
JRBWC5923GB
ECH-93
JRBWC5924GB
ECH-94
ECH
JRBWC5925GB
ECH-95
JRBWC6079GB
ECH-96
ECH
JRBWC6080GB
ECH-97
JRBWC6081GB
ECH-98
ECH
JRBWC6082GB
ECH-99
JRBWC6083GB
ECH-100
ECH
JRBWC6084GB
ECH-101
JRBWC6085GB
ECH-102
ECH
JRBWC6086GB
ECH-103
JRBWC6087GB
ECH-104
ECH
JRBWC6088GB
ECH-105
JRBWC6089GB
ECH-106
ECH
JRBWC6090GB
ECH-107
JRBWC6091GB
ECH-108
ECH
JRBWC6092GB
ECH-109
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HRA2DDT]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010379040
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1953GB
DETAILED FLOW
ECH-110
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to ECH-112, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
ECH
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to ECH-314, "Symptom Table".) E
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. F
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.

Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. J
>> GO TO 6.
K
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again. L
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
M
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform basic inspection. Perform ECH-114, "Work Procedure". P
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to ECH-314, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
ECH-111
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-43, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to ECH-71, "Reference Value".
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 10.
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010379041
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
ECH-112
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A
ECH
L
MTBL0017
ECH-113
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010379042
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
ECH-114
BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
For specification, refer to ECH-322, "Idle Speed".
ECH
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING D
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to ECH-117, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to ECH-209, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 6. G
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
6.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but H
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-18, "NISSAN ANTI-
THEFT SYSTEM : System Description". I
>> GO TO 4.
7.INSPECTION END J
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform ECH-117, "Work Procedure".
K
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-115
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
Special Repair Requirement List INFOID:0000000010502688
×:Applicable
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
Removal
ment
ECM × — Additional service when replacing ECM EC9-142
Fuel injector × — Injector adjustment value registration EC9-145
Electric throttle control actuator × ×*1 Throttle valve position learning EC9-147
High pressure fuel pump × — Fuel pump learning value clearing EC9-156
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
× ×*1 Exhaust camshaft position learning
sor
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve × ×*1 Exhaust camshaft position learning
Camshaft position sensor × ×*1 Intake camshaft position learning
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × ×*1 Intake camshaft position learning
Crankshaft position sensor × ×*1 Crankshaft position learning
Clutch pedal position switch × ×*1 Clutch pedal position learning
Starter motor × ×*1 Starter motor operating counter clear
*1:Harness connector disconnection included.
ECH-116
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000010379043
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to ECH-117, "Work Pro- ECH
cedure".)
C
1.SAVE ECM DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. D
4. Select “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. E
NOTE:
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
Is operation completed successfully?
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.REPLACE ECM G
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING I
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 4. J
4.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
K
>> GO TO 5.
5.WRITE ECM DATA L
1. Select “WRITE SAVED DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: M
The data saved by “WRITE SAVED DATA” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. N
NO >> GO TO 9.
6.REPLACE ECM
O
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 8.
ECH-117
8.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION

Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to ECH-119, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM FLYWHEEL LEARNING
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM IDLE REGULATION CHECK
>> END
ECH-118
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
A
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. ECH
1.CHECK VIN C
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. F
>> END
G
ECH-119
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Electric throttle control actuator is removed.
• Electric throttle control actuator is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
• Battery is replaced.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT.
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
• Battery voltage: More than 10 V
• Intake air temperature: 5 - 90°C (41 - 194°F)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 5
seconds by confirming the operating sound.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> END
ECH-120
FLYWHEEL LEARNING
FLYWHEEL LEARNING
A
Engine speed and cylinder identification are detected by the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. To detect the ECH
flywheel teeth. This learning is performed. Therefore this learning should be carried out before diagnosis of
misfire (P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313). It must be performed under the following conditions:
• ECM is replaced. C
• When removing battery terminal.
D
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. E
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Engine coolant temperature: More than 5°C (41°F)
F
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
Engine speed 3,000 - 3,500 rpm

Gear position 3rd I
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J

K
Gear position 3rd
4. Stop the vehicle and shift the selector lever to Neutral position,
5. Make sure that accelerator pedal, brake pedal and clutch pedal are fully released. L
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> END
NO >> GO TO 3. M
Check “FLYWHL TG PG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
Is “DONE” displayed on CONSULT screen? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> END
O
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident. P
>> END
ECH-121
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
Starter Operation Counter Clear is a function of ECM to erase the starter motor operation counter. It must be
performed when starter motor is replaced.
CAUTION:
Performed this function when starter motor is replaced.
1.ERASE STARTER OPERATION COUNTER

With CONSULT
2. Select “STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase starter operation counter.
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-122
IDLE REGULATION CHECK
IDLE REGULATION CHECK
A
This check must be performed under the following conditions: ECH

• ECM is replaced.
• When removing battery terminal.
C
1.PERFORM IDLE REGULATION CHECK D

1. Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
- Engine coolant temperature: More than 75°C (167°F) (Altitude: Less than 1500 m) or More than 83°C
(181°F) (Altitude: More than 1500 m) E
- “IDLE ADPT CORR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” indicates −20 - 35 N·m.
- Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
2. Check the following. F
- Engine speed: 750 ± 50 rpm more than 5 seconds (Altitude: Less than 1500 m) or 850 ± 50 rpm more than
5 seconds (Altitude: More than 1500 m)
G
>> END
ECH-123
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
C : Hose clamp
To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side)
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-

erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
ECH-124
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. A
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION: ECH
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel C
tube (3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the No.1 spool on fuel tube. JSBIA1842GB
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 D

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. E
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

F
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
G
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. H
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings. I
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
L
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace.
M
ECH-125
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HRA2DDT]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010379054
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I
2. Check ground connection E4. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
25
E9 16 E9 29 Battery voltage
32
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the following.
• 15A fuse (No. 56)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
25
E9 29 Ground Existed
32
3. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECH-126
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECH
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E9 28 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery volt- C
Ground age will exist for a few seconds, then drop ap-
F17 93 proximately 0 V.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 7.
NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 10. E
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. F
ECM
Ground Voltage G
Connector Terminal
F18 111 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. J
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity K
E9 28 96 Existed
F90
F17 93 105 Existed L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
M
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N
• Harness or connectors E8, F21
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
O
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V P
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECH-127
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal (Polarity) Connector Terminal (Polarity)
F18 111 F89 77 Existed
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 11.
12.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II
YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
25
32
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-63, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECH-128
U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY C/U)
U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY C/U)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010500802
DTC DETECTION LOGIC ECH
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM cannot communication with aterna- • Alternator C
U0111 —
tor via LIN communication. • Harness and connectors
ECH-129
U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
LOST COMMUNICATION
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE ABS actuator and electric unit
U0121 communication signal between ABS actuator and
SYSTEM (ABS) CONTROL (control unit)
electric unit (control unit).
MODULE
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> ECH-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
ECH-130
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
During the restart, the DC/DC converter
status of the engine communication line • Harness and connectors
does not show an increase in voltage af- (Voltage stabilizer signal is open or circuit
U0298 — D
ter an ECM transmitted voltage stabilizer shorted.)
signal is changed from 1.0 V or less to • DC/DC converter
3.4 V or more.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be F
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
>> GO TO 2. G
With CONSULT H
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. I
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod- J
els)".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
K
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to ECH-131, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010500806 M
1.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL

With CONSULT N
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.) O
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine, and then check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness
connector and ground as per the following conditions.
P
+
Voltage
DC/DC converter – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
The voltage should
While cranking with restart
M22 9 Ground be above 1.0V
Except above 0V
ECH-131
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ –
DC/DC converter ECM Continuity
M22 9 F17 56 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
ECH-132
U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC CONVERTER)
U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC CONVERTER)
A
ECM cannot communication with DC/DC • DC/DC converter C
U0299 —
converter via LIN communication. • Harness and connectors

D
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function". E
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. F
ECH-133
U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CON-
TROL UNIT)]
U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT)]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
ECM receives invalid signal of vehicle
ABS actuator and electric unit
U0315 VEHICLE SPEED speed sent from ABS actuator and elec-
(control unit)
tric unit (control unit).

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC U0315 can not duplicate.
>> Proceed to ECH-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Is DTC detected?
ECH-134
A
INVALID DATA RECEIVED C
FROM ANTI-LOCK BRAKE ECM receives invalid data sent from ABS actuator ABS actuator and electric unit
U0415
SYSTEM CONTROL MOD- and electric unit (control unit). (control unit)
ULE
D
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE E
NOTE:
DTC U0415 can not duplicate.
F
G
H
Is DTC detected?
I
ECH-135
B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC converter detects power supply
• Harness and connectors
input 1 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 1 cir-
B1900 — between power supply input 1 and pow-
cuit is open or shorted.)
er supply input 2 is 4.0 V or more for 3
• DC/DC converter
seconds.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod-
els)".
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Fuse No. Capacity

F/L-O 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
ECH-136
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1 A

2. Check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.
ECH
+
DC/DC converter − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
M23 1 Ground Battery voltage
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse. F
+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity G
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M23 1 F/L-O Existed
H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
J
K
ECH-137
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

input 2 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 2 cir-
B1901 — between power supply input 2 and
cuit is open or shorted.)
power supply input 1 is 4.0 V or more
• DC/DC converter
for 3 seconds.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)".
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Fuse No. Capacity

F/L-N 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
ECH-138
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2 A

2. Check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.
ECH
+
DC/DC converter − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2 CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse. F
+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity G
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M23 3 F/L-N Existed
H
J
K
ECH-139
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(DC/DC converter power supply output 1
B1902 — output 1 is 5.0 V or less when restart
circuit is open or shorted.)
the engine.
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
els)".
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Fuse No. Capacity

#71 10 A
#72 10 A
#73 10 A
#74 (only in models with CVT) 10 A
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the ignition relay.
ECH-140
3. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector ignition relay harness connector. A
+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity ECH
Ignition relay
Connector Terminal
M23 4 Switching circuit (+) Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT E
Check ignition relay routing circuit.
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation". H
ECH-141
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(DC/DC converter power supply output 2
B1903 — output 2 is 5.0 V or less when restart
the engine.
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
els)".
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
Fuse No. Capacity

#76 10 A
#77 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the accessory relay.
3. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector accessory relay harness connector.
ECH-142
+ − A
DC/DC converter Continuity
Accessory relay
Connector Terminal
ECH
M23 6 Switching circuit (+) Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
3.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT
Check ignition relay routing circuit.
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
F
Is the inspection result normal? G
H
ECH-143
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B1904 is displayed with DTC B1900 or B1901, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B1900 or B1901.
Refer to EC9-172, "DTC Logic" or EC9-174, "DTC Logic".

DC/DC converter function is malfunc-
B1904 — DC/DC converter
tioning.
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
els)".
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC9-180, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC B1904 displayed again?
ECH-144
P0001 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
A
• Harness or connectors C
• ECM detects a short circuit to ground.
FUEL VOLUME REGULATOR CON- (High pressure supply pump
P0001 • ECM detects a short circuit to battery.
TROL ACTUATOR circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects a open circuit.
• High pressure supply pump
D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 4 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
I
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP HI CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
+ -
high pressure fuel pump ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP LO CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
+ -
high pressure fuel pump ECM Continuity
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECH-145

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace high pressure fuel pump.
ECH-146
P0010 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
INTAKE CAMSHAFT • ECM detects a short circuit to ground.
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
P0010 VARIABLE VALVE TIM- • ECM detects a short circuit to battery.
ING SOLENOID VALVE • ECM detects a open circuit.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
>> GO TO2.
G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector. K
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
L
IVT control solenoid valve
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F93 2 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
O
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. P
IVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
ECH-147
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
YES >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

ECH-148
P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0010, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0010. Refer to ECH-
147, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- Detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
• ECM detects incorrectly adjusted In-
take valve timing control solenoid • Harness or connectors
valve. (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit E
INTAKE CAMSHAFT
• Unable to move the intake valve tim- is open or shorted.)
VARIABLE VALVE TIM-
P0011 ing control solenoid valve to the com- • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
ING CONTROL FUNC-
manded position. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
TION F
• Intake valve timing control solenoid • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve performance outside its expect- valve timing control
ed range.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at I
idle.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Keep the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds. K
YES >> Proceed to ECH-149, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END L
M
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- N
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-8, "Inspection". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
ECH-149
P0011 IVT CONTROL
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
IVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
IVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to ECH-156, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position
Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
JSBIA0340ZZ
6.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-80, "Inspection".
YES >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
ECH-150
P0013 EVT CONTROL
P0013 EVT CONTROL
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0013 is displayed with DTC P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0657. Refer to
ECH-259, "DTC Logic". C
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
EXHAUST CAM- • Harness or connectors
• ECM detects a short circuit to ground. E
SHAFT VARIABLE (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
P0013 • ECM detects a short circuit to battery.
VALVE TIMING CON- cuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects a open circuit.
TROL FUNCTION • Exhaust valve control solenoid valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
>> GO TO2. H
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
YES >> Proceed to ECH-151, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector. L
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
M
EVT control solenoid valve
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F113 2 Ground Battery voltage N

YES >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT P
3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
ECH-151
P0013 EVT CONTROL
EVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.

ECH-152
P0014 EVT CONTROL
P0014 EVT CONTROL
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0010, P0013, P0017, P0340 or P0365, perform the trouble diagno-
sis for DTC P0010, P0013, P0017, P0340 or P0365. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- Detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
• ECM detects incorrectly adjusted ex-
haust valve timing control solenoid • Harness or connectors
valve. (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve cir- E
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT • Unable to move the exhaust valve tim- cuit is open or shorted.)
P0014 VARIABLE VALVE TIM- ing control solenoid valve to the com- • Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
ING SOLENOID VALVE manded position. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for ex- F
valve performance outside its expect- haust valve timing control
ed range.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at I
idle.
>> GO TO 2. J
2. Keep the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds. K
NO >> INSPECTION END L
M
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- N
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-8, "Inspection". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
ECH-153
P0014 EVT CONTROL
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
EVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
EVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to ECH-156, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position
Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 6.
JSBIA0340ZZ
6.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (EXT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-80, "Inspection".
YES >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
ECH-154
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0010, P0011, P0315, P0335, P0560, P0641 or P0657, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0010, P0011, P0315, P0335, P0560, P0641 or P0657. Refer to ECH-86, C
"DTC Index".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(CKP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
CAMSHAFT POSITION - IN- The correlation between crankshaft position (CMP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0016 TAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION sensor signal and camshaft position sensor • Crankshaft position sensor E
CORRELATION signal is out of the normal range. • Camshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
• Timing chain
F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499956 K
1.CHECK CKP SENSOR

Check CKP sensor. Refer to ECH-158, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)". L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. M
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR
Check CMP sensor. Refer to ECH-158, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sen- N
sor)".
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE OF CAMSHAFT REAR END
Visually check for chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end. P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace intake camshaft.
4.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE WITH FLYWHEEL
Visually check for chipping signal plate with flywheel.
ECH-155
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace signal plate with flywheel.
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Check timing chain. Refer to EM-58, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace timing chain. Refer to EM-58, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010499957
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CKP sensor terminals.
CKP sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 520 - 860 Ω
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010499958
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals.
CMP sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 More than 100 kΩ
NO >> Replace CMP sensor.
ECH-156
P0017 CKP-CMP CORRELATION
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P0017 is displayed with DTC P0010, P0011, P0315, P0335, P0560 or P0657, perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0010, P0011, P0315, P0335, P0560 or P0657. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". C
• Harness or connectors D
(CKP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
The correlation between crankshaft position
CAMSHAFT POSITION - EX- sensor is open or shorted.)
sensor signal and exhaust valve timing con- E
P0017 HAUST CAMSHAFT POSI- • Crankshaft position sensor
trol position sensor signal is out of the nor-
TION CORRELATION • exhaust valve timing control position sen-
mal range.
sor
• Timing chain
• Signal plate F

1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? J
K
1.CHECK CKP SENSOR L

Check CKP sensor. Refer to ECH-158, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
N
Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to ECH-158, "Component Inspection (Exhaust
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor)".
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE OF EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR REAR END P
Visually check for chipping signal plate of exhaust valve timing control position sensor rear end.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
4.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE WITH FLYWHEEL
Visually check for chipping signal plate with flywheel.
ECH-157
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace signal plate with flywheel.
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Check timing chain. Refer to EM-58, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace timing chain. Refer to EM-58, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010499970
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CKP sensor terminals.
CKP sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 520 - 860 Ω
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010499971

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminals.
Exhaust valve timing control posi-

tion sensor
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 More than 100 kΩ
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
ECH-158
P0033 TC BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P0033 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or
P0657. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) D
ECM detects a voltage of power source for turbo- (Turbocharger bypass valve control
TURBOCHARGER BY-
P0033 charger bypass valve control solenoid valve is ex- solenoid valve is open or shorted) E
PASS VALVE
cessively low or high. • Turbocharger bypass valve control
solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE VISUALLY

M
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve inside.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and P
ground.
ECH-159
+
Turbocharger bypass valve control Voltage
−
solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid
valve harness connector.
+ −
Turbocharger bypass valve
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to ECH-160, "Component Inspection (Tur-
bocharger Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000010499989
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

2. Disconnect turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Turbocharger bypass valve

Resistance
+ −
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 23.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
ECH-160
P0089 FRP CONTROL
P0089 FRP CONTROL
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0001 or P0090, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0001 or P0090. C

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
FUEL PRESSURE REGULA- ECM detects low fuel pressure when
P0087 Fuel system
TION CONTROL FUNCTION engine started.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TESTING CONDITION:
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
1. Start the engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 4 seconds.
J
K
1.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE L

1. Start the engine.
2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, fuel injector and fuel piping have no fuel leakage.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Check that the fuel system has no breakage, bend, and crush. Refer to FL-5, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or Replace the error-detected parts.
N
ECH-161
P0090 FRP CONTROL
P0090 FRP CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0090 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".

ECM detects high pressure fuel pump
FUEL PRESSURE CON- (The high pressure fuel pump circuit is
P0090 did not move up to commanded posi-
TROL FUNCTION open or shorted.)
tion.
• High pressure fuel pump

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Keep the engine speed at idle for at least 5 minutes.
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
High pressure fuel pump ECM

Continuity
1 95
F23 F17 Existed
2 96
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THE HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP COMPONENT INSPECTION
Perform the high pressure fuel pump component inspection. Refer to ECH-163, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the fuel pump.
ECH-162
P0090 FRP CONTROL
3.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE A

2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, and fuel piping have no fuel leakage.
Is the inspection result normal? ECH
YES >> Check that the fuel system has no breakage, bend, and crush. Refer to FL-5, "Inspection".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010499996 C
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-I

D
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump terminals as follows.
E
High pressure fuel pump
+ − Condition Resistance
F
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 20 – 30 (68 - 86) 0.4 - 0.7 Ω
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump.
H
ECH-163
P0095 IAT SENSOR
P0095 IAT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Intake air temperature sensor voltage sig-
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE nal above maximum threshold for 1 sec- • Harness or connectors
DOWNSTREAMTURBO- ond or more. (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is
P0095
CHARGER/SUPERCHARG- • Intake air temperature sensor voltage sig- open or shorted.)
ER SENSOR nal below minimum threshold for 1 second • Intake air temperature sensor
or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

2. Check ECM harness connector connection F17 and F18.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check intake air temperature sensor harness connector connection F76.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace intake air temperature sensor harness connector connection.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Intake air temperature sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
ECH-164
P0095 IAT SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECH
+ −
Intake air temperature sen- C
ECM Continuity
sor
F76 1 F18 106 Existed D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to ECH-165, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> Replace intake air temperature sensor. G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010379057
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals as per the following conditions. I
Intake air temperature sensor

J
Terminal
− (32) 5,895 ± 224 Ω K
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)]
− (68) 2,499 ± 84 Ω
L
NO >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
ECH-165
P0105 INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Intake manifold pressure sensor
voltage signal above maximum • Harness or connectors
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES- threshold for 1 second or more. (The intake manifold pressure sen-
P0105
SURE SENSOR • Intake manifold pressure sensor sor circuit is open or shorted.)
voltage signal below minimum • Intake manifold pressure sensor
threshold for 1 second or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector connection F99 and ECM harness connector con-
nection F18.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace intake manifold pressure sensor or ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Intake manifold pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F99 1 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
ECH-166
Intake manifold pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
ECH
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
YES >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
nector.
E
Intake manifold pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
F99 3 F18 102 Existed F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace intake manifold pressure sensor. I
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
ECH-167
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM detects abnormal voltage sig-
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES- (The intake manifold pressure sen-
P0106 nal of intake manifold pressure sen-
SURE FUNCTION sor circuit is open or shorted.)
sor.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector connection F99 and ECM harness connector con-
nection F18.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace intake manifold pressure sensor or ECM harness connector connection.
3.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between intake manifold pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Intake manifold pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F99 1 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-168
4.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

ECH
nector.

C
Continuity
F99 2 F18 114 Existed D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
5.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
nector.
G
Continuity
F99 3 F18 102 Existed H
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
YES >> Replace intake manifold pressure sensor. K
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
ECH-169
P0115 ECT SENSOR
P0115 ECT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage sig-
nal above maximum threshold for 1 second or
more.
(Engine coolant temperature
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPER- • Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage sig-
P0115 sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
ATURE SENSOR nal below minimum threshold for 1 second or
• Engine coolant temperature sen-
more.
sor
• Abnormal coolant temperature gradient for 8
seconds or more.
DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Check ECM connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM connector connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector connection.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUI FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity engine coolant temperature sensor circuit.
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Terminal
F17 75 81 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
ECH-170
P0115 ECT SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
ECH
connector.
Engine coolant temperature sensor ECM

Continuity C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness F
connector.
Engine coolant temperature sensor ECM G

Continuity
H
YES >> GO TO 6.
I
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J
YES >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
ECH-171
P0120 TP SENSOR
P0120 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0120 is displayed with DTC P0641 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641 or
P0651. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".

INTAKE THROTTLE POSI- Implausible TP sensor position for 0.19 sec- (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or
P0120
TION SENSOR ond or more. shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Check ECM connector connection F17.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection F46.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-172
P0120 TP SENSOR
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

ECH
nector.

Continuity C
4 82
F46 F17 Existed
6 87 D
E
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT F
nector.
G
Continuity
F46 3 F17 90 Existed H

Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 6.
K
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.
ECH-173
P012A TC BOOST SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Turbocharger boost sensor volt-
age signal above maximum • Harness or connectors
TURBOCHARGER/SUPER-
threshold for 1 second or more. (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
P012A CHARGER INLET PRESSURE
• Turbocharger boost sensor volt- open or shorted.)
SENSOR
age signal below minimum • Turbocharger boost sensor
threshold for 1 second or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

2. Check ECM connector connection F17 and F18.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check turbocharger boost sensor harness connector connection F76.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace turbocharger boost sensor harness connector connection.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ground.
ECH-174
+ A
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
ECH
F76 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM Continuity
F
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
J
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
M
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N
+ −
O
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. P
YES >> GO TO 7.
ECH-175
YES >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
ECH-176
P0130 HO2S1
P0130 HO2S1
A

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage to ECM is
0.02 V or less for 10 seconds or more.
1.395 V or more 0.01 seconds or more.
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0130 O2 SENSOR - UPSTREAM • ECM detects heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage
ed.)
between 0.25 V to 0.445 V during 0.2 sec-
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
onds.
E
• When min period duration of heated oxygen
sensor 1 is abnormal duration.

1.PRECONDITIONING
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 11 consecutive minutes.
I
Selector lever Suitable position
Vehicle speed 1 km/h (0.6 MPH) or more
J
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC is detected?
YES >> Go to ECH-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
M
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM connector connection F17 and F18.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector connection F48.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check ground connection E4. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-177
P0130 HO2S1
4.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F48 1 F18 122 existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F48 2 F18 99 existed
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
F48 2 F18 99 Ground Not existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to ECH-178, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> INSPECTION END


2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
(+) (−)
Voltage
99
F48 F48 122 0.02 - 1.395 V
(HO2S1 signal)
ECH-178
P0130 HO2S1
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
YES >> INSPECTION END ECH
NO >> GO TO 2
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
C
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D
>> INSPECTION END

E
ECH-179
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
• ECM detects open circuit of Heated oxygen sen-
sor 1 heater circuit for 2.5 second or more.
• ECM detects short circuit to power of Heated ox- • Harness or connectors
O2 SENSOR HEATER - ygen sensor 1 heater circuit for 2.5 second or (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0135
UPSTREAM more. circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects short circuit to ground of Heated ox- • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
ygen sensor 1 heater circuit for 2.5 second or
more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to ECH-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between HO2S1 sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
ECH-180
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
HO2S1 A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECH
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. C
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse D
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

E
6.CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM G
Continuity
H
YES >> GO TO 7. I
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J
YES >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
ECH-181
P0136 HO2S2
P0136 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0136 is display with DTC P0014, P0095, P0105 or P0155, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
DTC P0014, P0095, P0105 or P0155. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".

tent)
0.02 V or less for 30 seconds.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage to ECM is • Harness or connectors
O2 SENSOR - DOWN-
P0136 1.395 V or more for 0.01 second. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
STREAM
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage to ECM is • Heated oxygen sensor 2
0.275 V or more after more than 10s of in-
jection cut-off for 1.001 seconds.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECH-182
P0136 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
ECH
YES >> GO TO 5. C
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity G
F10 2 F18 112 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
J
YES >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

ECH-183
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
name
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• ECM detects open circuit of Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater circuit for 1 second or more.
• ECM detects short circuit to power of Heated • Harness or connectors
O2 SENSOR
oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit for 1 second or (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0141 HEATER - DOWN-
more. open or shorted.)
STREAM
• ECM detects short circuit to ground of Heated • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit for 1 second or
more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 55) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-184
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. A
5.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Reconnect 15 A fuse (No. 55) from IPDM E/R.
ECH
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
C
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
D
YES >> GO TO 6. E
6.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
G
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
H
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 7.

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 M
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
>> INSPECTION END N
ECH-185
P0170 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
NOTE:
If DTC P0170 is display with DTC P025A or P0627, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P025A or

tent)
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0170 FUEL TRIM • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Fuel injector
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) • Fuel system

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Keep the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE

2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, and fuel piping have no fuel leakage.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to ECH-124, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECH-186
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
ECH
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM Continuity

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
5. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness
connector and ground. E
+
Heated oxygen sensor 1 − Continuity F
Connector Terminal
F48 2 Ground Not existed
G
+
ECM − Continuity H
Connector Terminal
F18 99 Ground Not existed
I
YES >> GO TO 4. J
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
K
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. L

YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”.
N
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR O

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. P
4. Remove fuel tube assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
ECH-187
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
PBIA9666J
ECH-188
P0190 FRP SENSOR
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0190 is display with DTC P0089 or P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0089 or

D
Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or
P0190 sensor remains at more than 4.5 V / less
SENSOR shorted.)
than 0.2 V for 3 seconds or more.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
TESTING CONDITION:
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 3 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC or 1st trip DTC. J
Is DTC or 1st trip DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END K
L
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (FRP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
2. Disconnect FRP sensor connector. M
4. Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector terminals.
N
FRP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal O
F97 3 2 5V
Inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector and the ground.
ECH-189
P0190 FRP SENSOR
+
Voltage
FRP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F97 3 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FRP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace FRP sensor.
ECH-190
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A

• ECM detects No. 1 injector circuit is
open for 1.5 seconds or more.
short to ground for 1.5 seconds or D
P0201 INJECTOR CIRCUIT - CYLINDER 1
more.
short to power for 1.5 seconds or
E
more.
• ECM detects No. 2 injector circuit is F
short to ground for 1.5 seconds or
more.
G
more. (The fuel injector circuit is open
• ECM detects No. 3 injector circuit is or shorted.)
open for 1.5 seconds or more. • Fuel injector H
more.
• ECM detects No. 3 injector circuit is I
more.
• ECM detects No. 4 injector circuit is J
P0204 INJECTOR CIRCUIT - CYLINDER 4 K
more.
more.
L
1.PRECONDITIONING M
TESTING CONDITION:
idle. N
>> GO TO 2.
O
2. Check DTC. P
Is DTC detected?

ECH-191
2. Check ECM connector connection F18.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check fuel injector harness connector connection F167, F168, F169, F170.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace fuel injector harness connector connection.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F167 157
2 F168 159
2 F18 Existed
3 F169 158
4 F170 160
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 153
2 155
F18 Ground 12 V
3 154
4 156
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECH-192
Fuel injector ECM A

Continuity
1 F167 153
ECH
2 F168 155
1 F18 Existed
3 F169 154
4 F170 156 C
D
YES >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
ECH-193
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is display with DTC P0115 or P0597, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115 or

(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan motor
• Radiator hose
ENGINE COOLANT TEM- Engine coolant over temperature becomes
P0217 • Radiator
PERATURE too high for 1 second or more.
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Draining" and CO-11,
"Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-9, "Draining" and LU-9, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to ECH-194, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
NO >> Go to ECH-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010379083
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
ECH-194
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to ECH-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". ECH
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2 D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3 F
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle.
G
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to ECH-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-4 I
Without CONSULT
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. J
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
K
NO >> Proceed to ECH-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1 M

Check cooling system for leak.
Is leakage detected?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2 O
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator (Refer to CO-19, "Inspection".) P
• Water pump (Refer to CO-23, "Inspection".)
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

3.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "Inspection".
ECH-195
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
4.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ECH-292, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
6.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-196
P0220 TP SENSOR
P0220 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0220 is displayed with DTC P0641 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641 or

D
INTAKE THROTTLE POSI- When TP sensor 1 position is abnormal po- (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or
P0220
TION SENSOR - TRACK 2 sition for 0.19 second or more. shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECH-197, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
2. Check ECM connector connection F17. K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection F46. M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection. N
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
O
nector.
P
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-197
P0220 TP SENSOR
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
6 87
F46 F17 Existed
4 82
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.
ECH-198
P0225 APP SENSOR
P0225 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
ECH-255, "DTC Logic". C

D
ACCELERATOR PEDAL Signal voltage from the APP sensor 1 re-
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0225 POSITION SENSOR - mains at more than 0.97 V / less than 0.07 V
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
TRACK 1 for 0.25 seconds or more.
• Accelerator pedal E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector as follows.
K
Accelerator pedal position sensor

Terminal Voltage L
Sensor Connector
+ −
1 4 2
E20 Approx. 5V
2 5 1 M

YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
4. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness P
connector.
Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 4 27
E20 E9 Existed
2 5 23
ECH-199
P0225 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Continuity
1 2 30
E20 E9 Existed
2 1 21
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0.74
31 (APP sensor 1) 30
Fully depressed Approx. 4.55
E9 Accelerator pedal
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
ECH-200
P0226 APP SENSOR
P0226 APP SENSOR
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
• ECM does not receive a signal sent from
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI- APP sensor 1 and 2.
P0226 or shorted.)
TION SENSOR • ECM detects a invalid signal sent from
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
APP sensor 1 and 2. D
• Accelerator pedal

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
I
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL STATE J

Check that the accelerator pedal is not stuck with the driver side floor mat.
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair malfunction.
L
1. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector as follows.

M
Terminal Voltage
Sensor Connector
+ −
1 4 2 N
E20 Approx. 5V
2 5 1
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
connector.
ECH-201
P0226 APP SENSOR

Continuity
1 4 27
E20 E9 Existed
2 5 23
YES >> GO TO 4.
connector.

Continuity
1 2 30
E20 E9 Existed
2 1 21
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
ECH-202
P0243 TC WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

• ECM detects the turbocharger wastegate
control solenoid valve circuit is open.
(Turbocharger wastegate control sole- D
TURBOCHARGER WASTE- control solenoid valve circuit is short to
P0243 noid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
GATE SOLENOID ground.
• Turbocharger wastegate control sole-
noid valve
control solenoid valve circuit is short to
E
power.

1.CONDITIONING F
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes.

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition G
switch ON.
H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CON-
NECTION N
Check turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
2. Disconnect turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
ECH-203
+
Turbocharger wastegate control so-
− Voltage
lenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
+ −
Turbocharger wastegate
ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve. Refer to ECH-229, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

2. Disconnect turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions.
Turbocharger wastegate con-

trol solenoid valve
Condition Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 23°C (73°F) 26 ± 4 Ω
NO >> Replace turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve.
ECH-204
P025A FUEL PUMP
P025A FUEL PUMP
A

• ECM detects the fuel pump relay control circuit
is open. • Harness or connectors
FUEL PUMP MODULE • ECM detects thefuel pump relay control circuit (The fuel pump relay control circuit is
P025A D
CONTROL CIRCUIT is short to ground. open or shorted.)
• ECM detects thefuel pump relay control circuit • Fuel pump relay
is short to power.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION J

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-1
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. M
ECM
+ – Voltage N
F18 115 E9 29 Battery voltage
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-2
ECH-205
P025A FUEL PUMP
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
F18 115 F90 106 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the fuse.
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-206
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313 MISFIRE
A

RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire.
MISFIRE DETECTED
P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED No. 1 cylinder misfires. D
• Improper spark plug
P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Ignition coil
P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Fuel pump
• Fuel injector E
P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED No. 4 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
When misfire detected in
MISFIRE DETECTED WITH LOW
P0313 cylinders more than one
FUEL F
with low fuel level in tank.

1.PRECONDITIONING G

H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 10 minutes. I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
K
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 20 minutes and then turn it ON. L
2. Check ignition coil circuit. Refer to ECH-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
N
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to ECH-124, "Work Procedure".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to ECH-124, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (main)”.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
ECH-207
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313 MISFIRE
Check fuel pump circuit.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Check fuel injector circuit. Refer to ECH-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM section.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
ECH-208
P0315 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A

CRANKSHAFT POSITION
Abnormal value for crankshaft target varia- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0315 SYSTEM VARIATION NOT
tion learning. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
LEARNED D
• Signal plate

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
1. Rev engine from idle to 3,500 rpm. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECH-209, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
1.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector connection.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check the continuity CKP sensor (POS) circuit.
ECM
M
Continuity
F17 35 37 Existed N
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
P
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
F8 3 F17 35 Existed
ECH-209
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
NO >> Replace signal plate.

2. Disconnect CKP sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between CKP sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 175 - 295 Ω [at 0 - 40°C (32 - 104°F)]
ECH-210
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
A

DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
Abnormal knock sensor signal too low for 10 sec- (Knock sensor circuit is open or
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR
onds or more. shorted.)
• Knock sensor D

1.PRECONDITIONING E

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that engine coolant temperature is more than F
70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 2. G

1. Start engine and rev engine more than 3,500 rpm at least 10 seconds. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check knock sensor harness connector connection. M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace knock sensor harness connector connection. N
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
2. Check the continuity knock sensor circuit.
ECM P
Terminal Continuity
Connector
+ −
F17 38 42 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
ECH-211
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to ECH-165, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace knock sensor.
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check the insulation resistance between knock sensor terminals.
Knock sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 More than 10 MΩ
NO >> Replace knock sensor.
ECH-212
A

• The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor sig-
nal is not detected by the ECM during the
first few seconds of engine cranking.
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor signal
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0335 is not in the normal pattern when engine
SENSOR • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
started for 1 second or more.
• Signal plate
• ECM cannot detect crankshaft position
E
sensor signal when engine started.
• Crankshaft position sensor signal is noisy.
DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS K

2. Check crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector connection.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
2. Check the continuity CKP sensor (POS) circuit.
N
ECM
Continuity
O
F17 35 37 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
ECH-213

Continuity
F8 3 F17 35 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F8 2 F17 37 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
NO >> Replace signal plate.

2. Disconnect CKP sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between CKP sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
1 and 2 175 - 295 Ω [at 0 - 40°C (32 - 104°F)]
ECH-214
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking. D
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open
INTAKE CAMSHAFT PO- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 or shorted)
SITION SENSOR during engine running.
• Camshaft position sensor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Camshaft (Intake)
pattern during engine running. E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
1. Rev engine from idle to 4,000 rpm. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position. K
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. L
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. M
4. Check the voltage between CMP sensor harness connector and ground.
N
+
Voltage
CMP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
O
F111 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECH-215
+ −
CMP sensor ECM Continuity
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the camshaft position sensor. Refer to ECH-217, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
ECH-216
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent
Incident". ECH
C
JSBIA0340ZZ
D
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-I E

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. F
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
I
PBIA9210J
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-II J

Check the resistance camshaft position sensor terminals as per the following.
Camshaft position sensor K

+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminals (Polarity)
L
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3 M
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. N
ECH-217
P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354 IGNITION COIL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IGNITION COIL 1 OR IGNI-
P0351 TION COIL - CYLINDER 1 AND
4
IGNITION COIL 2 OR IGNI- • ECM detects the ignition coil circuit is
P0352 TION COIL - CYLINDER 2 AND open.
3 • ECM detects the ignition coil circuit is • Ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
IGNITION COIL 3 OR IGNI- short to ground. • Ignition coil
P0353 TION COIL - CYLINDER 2 AND • ECM detects the ignition coil circuit is
3 short to power.
IGNITION COIL 4 OR IGNI-

P0354 TION COIL - CYLINDER 1 AND
4

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E9 28 29 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
ECH-218
+ A
Condenser - Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECH
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
D
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
E
IPDM E/R Condenser
Continuity
F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
I
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
K
+
Condenser - Continuity
L
Connector Terminal
F200 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to ECH-222, "Component Inspection (Condenser)". O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
ECH-219
+
Ignition coil - Voltage
1 F24 3
2 F25 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F26 3
4 F27 3
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector

9.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+
Ignition coil - Continuity
1 F24 2
2 F25 2
Ground Existed
3 F26 2
4 F27 2
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity
1 F24 1 72
2 F25 1 76
F17 Existed
3 F26 1 79
4 F27 1 80
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to ECH-221, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil)".
ECH-220
YES >> Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". A
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil) INFOID:0000000010506429
ECH
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
D
Ignition coil
Terminals E
1 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F)
Except 0 Ω F
2 3
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION: H
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. I
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure. J
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
L
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. M
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion. N
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION: O
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more. P
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
ECH-221
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000010506430
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.
Crankshaft position sensor

Terminals
1 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Above 1 MΩ
NO >> Replace condenser.
ECH-222
P0365 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A

• The exhaust valve timing control position
sensor signal is not detected by the ECM
during the first few seconds of engine
cranking. • Harness or connectors D
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT PO- • The exhaust valve timing control position (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0365
SITION SENSOR sensor signal is not send to ECM during • Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
engine running. • Signal plate
E
• The exhaust valve timing control position
sensor signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. Rev engine from idle to 4,000 rpm. I
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TIONS
L
2. Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector connection.
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1 N
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. O
ECM
Voltage
+ –
(Approx.) P
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F18 121 126 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
ECH-223
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
Exhaust valve timing control

ECM
position sensor Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to ECH-225, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXT)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end.
• Chipping sinal plate of camshaft rear end.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.
6.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
harness connector.

ECM
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
harness connector.

ECM
ECH-224
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. A
ECH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminals as follows.
D
1 and 2 175 - 295 Ω [at 0 - 40°C (32 - 104°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? E
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
F
ECH-225
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0420 is displayed with DTC P0095, P0115, P0130, P0135, P0136, P0141, P0170, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0313, P0335, P0443, P1130, P1131,
P1351, P1352, P1544, P1620, P2031, P2243, P2244, P2626 or P2A06, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC without P0420. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".

tent)
Difference between raw and filtered lambda sen- • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM sor signals anomaly high when submitted to rich- • Thermal ageing
ness pulses for 25 seconds. • Absent catalytic converter

1.INSPECTION START
NOTE:
DTC P0420 can not duplicate.


Without CONSULT
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Keeping engine speed at 3,000 rpm The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds.
F10 112 92
constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0

Refer to ECH-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ECH-226
1. Refer to ECH-121, "Work Procedure".
2. Check the engine flywheel target’s learning. A
Is “DONE” displayed on CONSULT screen?
NO >> GO TO 3. ECH
3.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
C
>> INSPECTION END

D
ECH-227
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects the EVAP canister purge volume • Harness or connectors
control solenoid valve circuit is open. (EVAP canister purge volume con-
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
• ECM detects the EVAP canister purge volume trol solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0443 (Evaporative emission system
control solenoid valve circuit is short to ground. shorted.)
purge control valve circuit)
• ECM detects the EVAP canister purge volume • EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve circuit is short to power. solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTION
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
ECH-228
+ A
EVAP canister purge volume control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal ECH
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT D
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and E
ECM harness connector.
+ − F
EVAP canister purge vol-
ECM Continuity
ume control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to ECH-229, "Component Inspection".
J
K
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminals as per the M
following conditions.
EVAP canister purge volume N

+ −
Terminal O
1 2 Temperature 23°C (73°F) 26 ± 4 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
ECH-229
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Refrigerant pressure sensor voltage signal
above maximum threshold for 2 seconds or • Harness or connectors
A/C REFRIGERANT PRES- more. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
P0530
SURE SENSOR • Refrigerant pressure sensor voltage signal is open or shorted.)
below minimum threshold for 2 seconds or • Refrigerant pressure sensor
more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INSTALLATION

Check the status of the refrigerant pressure sensor installation and gas leakage.
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-1
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector terminals.
ECH-230
Refrigerant pressure sensor A

Voltage
Terminal
Connector (Approx.)
+ −
ECH
E41 3 1 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. E
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
F

E41 2 F17 78 Existed G
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. H
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2
I
Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+ J
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E41 3 Ground 5.0 V K

YES >> GO TO 7. L
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
tor. N
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity O
E41 1 F17 77 Existed
P
YES >> Check the intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ECH-231
tor.
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
ECH-232
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0560 is displayed with DTC P060A, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P060A. Refer to ECH-245,
"DTC Logic". C

D
• Harness connectors
• ECM detect DTC P060A for 0.04 seconds
(ECM power supply circuit is open or
or more.
shorted.)
• Battery voltage remains 16V or more for 2.5
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE • Battery E
seconds or more.
• Battery terminal
• Battery voltage remains 9V or less for 10
• Alternator
seconds or more.
• IPDM E/R
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END J
K
1.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
2. Check battery voltage. L
Voltage: More than 9 V

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Recharge the battery.
2.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS N
2. Check battery terminals condition.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
P
3.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, PG-158, "Battery" and CHG-34, "Alternator".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
ECH-233
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
• Harness connectors
7.CHECK FUSE
2. Check the fuse.
NO >> Replace the fuse.
ECH-234
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
• An ASCD steering switch signal voltage is C
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED out of the specified range.
LIMITER - PADDLE CON- • ASCD steering switch signal circuit is open. • Harness or connectors
P0564 TROL BUTTON • ASCD steering switch signal circuit is short (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(Cruise control multi-function to battery. • ASCD steering switch D
input A circuit) • ECM cannot detect the ASCD steering
switch signal.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
>> GO TO 2. G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
3. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. I
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
ECM M
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V N
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 2.0 V
E9 15 14
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 3.0 V
O
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
YES >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.
ECH-235
+ -
Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM Continuity
M66 28 E9 14 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.
+ -
Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM Continuity
M66 27 E9 15 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to ECH-236, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
YES >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000010502889

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under following conditions.
Combination switch
Resistance
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M353 8 9
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
ECH-236
P0571 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A

Stop lamp switch 2 signal remains ON or
CLOSED BRAKE SENSOR (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
P0571 OFF for extremely long time during engine
(Brake switch A circuit) shorted) D
running.
• Stop lamp switch

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
Refer to ECH-237, "Component Function Check".

NOTE:
F
Use component function check to check the overall function of the stop lamp switch circuit. During this check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
G
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010379122 H

1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM J
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
K
Fully released Battery voltage
E9 17 29 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed 0V
M
1..CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION N

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION P
Check stop lamp switch harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION
ECH-237
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
NO-1 (Fixed at 0 V)>>GO TO 4.
NO-2 (Fixed at battery voltage)>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch and ground.
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E50 3 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
E50 4 E9 17 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to ECH-238, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.
ECH-238
Stop lamp switch A

+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
ECH
Depressed Not existed
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2 D
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-18, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-62, "Inspec-
tion and Adjustment" (RHD).
E
Stop lamp switch

F
Terminal
Depressed Not existed G
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
H
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Exploded View" (LHD), BR-61, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
I
ECH-239
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED
LIMITER - SWITCH BUT- ECM receives ASCD MAIN switch signal and
P0575 TON Speed Limiter MAIN switch signal simulta- ASCD steering switch
(Cruise control system - vehi- neously.
cle speed too high)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL-1

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
3 • ASCD MAIN switch: NOT pressed
0V
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: NOT pressed
3 • ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Battery Voltage

E9 Ground
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: NOT pressed 0V
3 • ASCD MAIN switch: NOT pressed 0V
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: Pressed Battery Voltage
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals.
ECH-240
Combination switch (spiral cable) A

+ - Continuity
Connector
Terminal
ECH
M303 1 2 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals.
E
Combination switch (spiral cable)
+ - Continuity
Connector
Terminal F
M66 20 21 Not existed
YES >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation". G
ECH-241
P0597 THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects the thermostat heater con-
trol solenoid valve circuit is open.
ENGINE COOLANT THERMO- • ECM detects the thermostat heater con-
(Thermostat heater control solenoid
STAT trol solenoid valve circuit is short to
P0597 valve circuit is open or shorted.)
(Thermostat heater control cir- ground.
• Thermostat heater control solenoid
cuit/open) • ECM detects the thermostat heater con-
valve
trol solenoid valve circuit is short to pow-
er.

1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check thermostat heater control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect thermostat heater control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between thermostat heater control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
ECH-242
+ A
Thermostat heater control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal ECH
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT D
3. Check the continuity between thermostat heater control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har- E
ness connector.
+ − F
Thermostat heater control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check thermostat heater control solenoid valve. Refer to ECH-229, "Component Inspection".
J
K
1.CHECK THERMOSTAT HEATER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

2. Disconnect thermostat heater control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between thermostat heater control solenoid valve terminals as per the following con- M
ditions.
Thermostat heater control so- N

lenoid valve
+ −
Terminal O
1 2 Temperature 23°C (73°F) 26 ± 4 Ω
NO >> Replace thermostat heater control solenoid valve.
ECH-243
P0606 ECM
P0606 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENGINE CONTROL MOD-
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning for
P0606 ULE - PROCESSOR ECM
0.1 seconds or more.
(Control module proceser)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to ECH-319, "Removal and Installation".
2. Proceed to ECH-117, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-244
P060A ECM
P060A ECM
A

ENGINE CONTROL MOD-
ULE - RESET
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning for
P060A (Internal control module mon- ECM
0.04 seconds or more. D
itoring processor perfor-
mance)

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
I
1.REPLACE ECM
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-245
P060B ECM
P060B ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - A/ ECM calculation function is malfunctioning
P060B ECM
D CONVERTER for 0.4 seconds or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-246
P061A ECM
P061A ECM
A

• ECM detects failure of torque structure for 1
second or more.
ENGINE CONTROL MOD-
• When while ECM computes torque, ECM
P061A ULE - TORQUE CONTROL ECM D
detects failure for 1 second or more.
FUNCTION
• Throttle low/high is not executed correctly
for 1 second.
DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE E
1.INSPECTION START
NOTE: F
DTC P061A can not duplicate.
>> Proceed to ECH-246, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
H
1.REPLACE ECM
2. Proceed to ECH-117, "Work Procedure". I
>> INSPECTION END

J
ECH-247
P062C ECM
P062C ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P062C — ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-248
P062D ECM
P062D ECM
A

P062D INJECTOR BANK1 DRIVER ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM

D
1.PRECONDITIONING
E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE F
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? G
H
1.REPLACE ECM
I
1. Replace ECM. Refer to ECH-319, "Exploded View".
J
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-249
P062E ECM
P062E ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0606 INJECTOR BANK2 DRIVER ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to ECH-319, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-250
P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A

INTAKE THROTTLE ACTU-
The value of electric throttle control actuator
P0638 ATOR CONTROL FUNC- Electric throttle control actuator
does not change.
TION
D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
>> GO TO 2. F
1. Start engine and run engine at idle speed for at least 10 second.
2. Check DTC. G
Is DTC detected?
H
I
2. Check ECM connector connection. J
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection. L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector terminals.
Electric throttle control actuator O

Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
P
F46 5 3 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
ECH-251
nector.
Electric throttle control actu-

ECM
Sensor ator Continuity
Sensor 1 F46 6 F17 87 Existed
Sensor 2 F46 4 F17 82 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to ECH-253, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT
nector.

ECM
ator Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to ECH-253, "Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor)".
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
nector.

ECM
ator Continuity
YES >> GO TO 9.
ECH-252
9.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT A
nector.
ECH

ECM
ator Continuity
C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010379137
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR F

2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. G
3. Perform ECH-120, "Work Procedure".
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
H
ECM
Connector I
Terminal Terminal
87 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.28

(TP sensor 1) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.64 J
F17 90
82 Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.74
(TP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.38
K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Proceed to ECH-120, "Work Procedure". M
>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000010379138
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR O

2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator harness connectors terminals under the follow-
ing conditions. P
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECH-253
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-254
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A

(The APP sensor 2 power supply circuit)
(Intake manifold pressure sensor power
• ECM detects that the voltage of power supply circuit) D
source for sensor remains at more than 5.5 (Refrigerant pressure sensor power sup-
V for 0.15 second or more. ply circuit)
P0641 POWER SUPPLY 1
• ECM detects that the voltage of power (Crankshaft position sensor power sup-
E
source for sensor remains at less than 4.5 ply circuit)
V for 0.15 second or more. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Refrigerant pressure sensor F
• Crankshaft position sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING G

H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J

YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS N
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor O
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E9 23 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E20 1
F18 117 Intake manifold pressure sensor F99 1 P
F17 57 Refrigerant pressure sensor E41 3
F17 41 Crankshaft position sensor F8 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECH-255

Performe intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-256
A

(The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit)
(Throttle position sensor power supply
• ECM detects that the voltage of power circuit) D
source for sensor remains at more than 5.5 (Heated oxygen sensor 1 power supply
V for 0.15 second or more. circuit)
• ECM detects that the voltage of power (Heated oxygen sensor 2 power supply
E
source for sensor remains at less than 4.5 circuit)
V for 0.15 second or more. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
• Throttle position sensor
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 F
• Heated oxygen sensor 2

1.PRECONDITIONING G

H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J

YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS N
ECM Sensor O
E9 27 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 E20 4
F17 65 Throttle position sensor F46 5 P
F18 99 Heated oxygen sensor 1 F48 2
F18 112 Heated oxygen sensor 2 F10 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECH-257

>> INSPECTION END
ECH-258
P0657 ECM RELAY
P0657 ECM RELAY
A

(The ECM relay circuit is open or short-
ACTUATORS POWER RE- ed.)
P0657 ECM detection of ECM relay always ON. D
LAY • IPDM E/R (ECM relay)
• Fuse (No. 52)
• Fuse (No. 55)
DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE E
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes. F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE G

2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION J

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK ECM RELAY CIRCUIT-1
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. M
ECM
+ – Voltage N
F17 93 E9 29 Battery voltage
O
E9 28 E9 29 Battery voltage
YES >> Performe intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CIRCUIT-II
ECH-259
P0657 ECM RELAY
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for short to ground between ECM and IPDM E/R
• ECM relay

5.CHECK 20A FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> Performe intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuse.
ECH-260
A

• ECM detects that the voltage of power (The camshaft position sensor power
source for sensor remains at more than 5.5 supply circuit)
V for 0.15 second or more. (The exhaust valve timing control posi- D
• ECM detects that the voltage of power tion sensor power supply circuit)
source for sensor remains at less than 4.5 • Camshaft position sensor
V for 0.15 second or more. • Exhaust valve timing control position
E
sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING F

G
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. Check trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010500703 J

YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
M
ECM Sensor
N
F18 133 Camshaft position sensor F111 1
F18 121 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor F12 1 O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P

>> INSPECTION END
ECH-261
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Stop lamp switch signal remains ON or OFF
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
P0703 OPEN BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH for extremely long time during engine run-
shorted)
ning.
• Stop lamp switch

1.CONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Release the brake pedal.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for 15 times.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Fully released 0V
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
1..CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
ECH-262
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION ECH

C
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition D
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E9 17 29 Brake pedal E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". F
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY G
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
+ I
Connector Terminal
J

YES >> GO TO 5. K
M
+ −
N
E50 4 E9 17 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to ECH-238, "Component Inspection".
ECH-263
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH

Stop lamp switch

Terminal
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-52,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
Stop lamp switch

Terminal
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
ECH-264
P0833 CPP SWITCH
P0833 CPP SWITCH
A

(Clutch pedal position switch circuit
is shorted.) D
BEGINING OF CLUTCH PEDAL Correlation of two clutch pedal position
P0833 (Clutch interlock switch circuit is
MOVE SWITCH switch signal is inconsistency.
shorted.)
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Clutch interlock switch E
1.CONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. G

1. Start engine and let it idle. H
2. Depress the clutch pedal.
3. Release the clutch pedal.
5. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
2. Check ECM harness connector connection. L
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH HARNESS AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH CONNEC-
TOR CONNECTION
N
Check clutch pedal position switch and clutch interlock switch harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch and ground.
ECH-265
P0833 CPP SWITCH
Clutch pedal position switch

+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E2 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
E2 1 E9 9 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between clutch interlock switch and ground.
+
− Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
ECH-266
P0833 CPP SWITCH
8.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

3. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECH
Clutch interlock switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E52 2 E9 6 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.
E
9.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
Is the inspection result normal? F
G
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

H
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Clutch pedal position switch J

Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal K
Fully depressed Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. M

N
Connector Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal O
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH-1
ECH-267
P0833 CPP SWITCH
3. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals under the following conditions.
Clutch interlock switch

Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust clutch interlock switch installation.

Connector Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch.
ECH-268
P10AA ECM
P10AA ECM
A

INJECTOR BOOST VOLT-
P10AA ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM
AGE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes. E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 5 second.

2. Check DTC.
G
Is DTC detected?
H
1.REPLACE ECM I
J
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-269
P1512 STARTER MOTOR
P1512 STARTER MOTOR
ECM multiplies operation counter of starter motor which operated in operation with key switch and operation
with restart and memorizes it.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
When starter motor operating counter which
P1512 — Starter motor
ECM memorized is 250,000 times or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR

Replace starter motor. Refer to STR-24, "HRA2DDT : Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-270
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
A

NOTE:
DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. C
CRUISE CONTROL/ • Harness or connectors D
Other DTC that illuminates MIL is detected
P1525 SPEED LIMITER DE- • Others systems
while ASCD is operating.
ACTIVATION • ECM
E
DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC.

Perform trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". F
ECH-271
P1589 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Neutral position switch signal remains ON (Neutral position switch circuit is
P1589 —
for a long driving distance. shorted.)
• Reverse/neutral position switch

NOTE:
Use Component Function Check the overall function of the neutral position switch circuit. During this check,
the DTC might not be confirmed.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors as per the following conditions.
+
Voltage
ECM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
F18 143 Ground Shift lever
Except above 0V
1.CHECK FUSE
Fuse No. Capacity

#67 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect reverse/neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Reverse/Neutral position switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECH-272
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

ECH
3. Check the continuity between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.
+ −
C
Reverse/Neutral position
IPDM E/R Continuity
switch
D
Is the inspection result normal? E
4.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
3. Check the continuity between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness con- G
nector.
+ − H
Reverse/Neutral position
ECM Continuity
switch
I

4. Also check harness for short to ground. J
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
YES >> Replace reverse/neutral position switch.
M
ECH-273
P158A CPP SWITCH
P158A CPP SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(Clutch pedal position switch circuit
is shorted.)
Correlation of two clutch pedal position
P158A — (Clutch interlock switch circuit is
switch signal is inconsistency.
shorted.)
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Clutch interlock switch

1.CONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Depress the clutch pedal.
3. Release the clutch pedal.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH HARNESS AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH CONNEC-
TOR CONNECTION
Check clutch pedal position switch and clutch interlock switch harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch and ground.
ECH-274
P158A CPP SWITCH
Clutch pedal position switch A

+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECH
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
D
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
E
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E2 2 Ground Existed F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH H
YES >> GO TO 7. I
J
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
K
Clutch pedal position switch ECM
Continuity
L
E2 1 E9 9 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY N

3. Turn ignition switch ON. O
4. Check the voltage between clutch interlock switch and ground.
+ P
− Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
ECH-275
P158A CPP SWITCH

3. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Clutch interlock switch ECM

Continuity
E52 2 E9 6 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH


Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation.

Connector Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
ECH-276
P158A CPP SWITCH
A
Terminals
ECH
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH-2 D
1. Adjust clutch interlock switch installation.

E

Connector Terminals
F
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch.
H
ECH-277
P160C ECM
P160C ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INTERNAL ENGINE CON-
P160C ECM function is malfunctioning. ECM
TROL MODULE ERROR

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 minutes.
3. Check the battery terminals for damage and looseness.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunction(s) and GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OTHER DTC-1
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC P160C displayed with P0130, P0136, P0217, P0226, P0420 or P2263?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0130, P0136, P0217, P0226, P0420 or P2263 and GO
TO 3. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P160C displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END
ECH-278
P160C ECM
5.CHECK OTHER DTC-2 A

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC P160C displayed with P0130, P0136, P0217, P0226, P0420 or P2263? ECH
NO >> GO TO 6.
C
6. CHECK RESULT OF PROCEDURE 2
Check result of procedure 2.
Is result of procedure 2 “YES”? D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
E
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 15 minutes at 0 - 50 km/h (0 - 31 MPH). F
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? G
NO >> INSPECTION END H
ECH-279
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
A Engine restart relay is stuck ON.
connector is shorted to ground.)
• Engine restart relay
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
is open or shorted to power.)
P1650 — Engine restart relay power supply (Between battery and engine restart relay har-
B
circuit is excessively high voltage. ness is open.)
(Between engine restart relay and IPDM E/R
harness is open.)
Engine restart relay circuit is ex-
C (Engine restart relay circuit is open or shorted.)
cessively low voltage

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 30 seconds
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Activate stop/start system.
CAUTION:
Is stop/start system activated normal?
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-1

ECH-280
2. Remove engine restart relay. A
4. Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground.
ECH
+
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal C
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-2 E
Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground.
+ F
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 4. H
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
+ –
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
K
Connector terminal Connector terminal
F163 2 E39 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ –
Engine restart relay ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal P
YES >> GO TO 5.
ECH-281
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ –
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY
Check engine restart relay. Refer to ECH-282, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY

2. Remove engine restart relay.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay terminals as
per the following conditions.
Engine restart re-

lay
+ –
terminal
12V direct current supply between
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed PIIA2636J

NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
ECH-282
P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
A

At an engine restart by stop/start system,
(Engine restart bypass relay circuit is open
the voltage drop is not allowable less than
or shorted.)
0.08 V when the engine restart bypass re- D
P1655 — (Engine restart bypass control relay circuit
lay becomes closed from the open status,
is open or shorted.)
and this condition is repeated three times
• Engine restart bypass relay
in a row.
• Engine restart bypass control relay
E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
H
>> With consult: GO TO 2.
>> Without consult: GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 I
With CONSULT
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 twice.
K
6. Check “ENG RESTART B/R STK CNT” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of CONSULT to see if engagement
counts are counted.
Are engagement counts counted?
L
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 M
Without CONSULT
1. Activate the stop/start system. Stop the engine. Restart the engine. Refer to ECH-36, "STOP/START
SYSTEM : System Description". N
2. Repeat Step 1 four times.
CAUTION:
O
Is the DTC P1655 displayed again?
P
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuse.
ECH-283
Location Fuse No. Capacity

Fuse block (J/B) 7 20A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Remove engine restart bypass control relay.
4. Check the voltage between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ground.
+
Engine restart bypass control relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
F98 Ground Battery voltage
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT-1
3. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
+ −
Engine restart bypass con-
ECM Continuity
trol relay
YES >> GO TO 4.
1. Disconnect engine restart baypass relay harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and engine restart
bypass relay harness connector.
+ −
Engine restart bypass relay Continuity
trol relay
YES >> GO TO 5.
ECH-284
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY A

Check the engine restart bypass control relay. Refer to ECH-285, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart
Bypass Control Relay)"
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY C
Check the engine restart bypass relay. Refer to ECH-285, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Relay)".
E
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay) INFOID:0000000010500734
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY F

3. Check continuity between engine restart bypass control relay G
terminals as per the following condition.
Engine restart bypass control relay H

Terminal
12 V direct current supply I
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
J
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass control relay.
K
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Relay) INFOID:0000000010500735
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-1 L

2. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
3. Remove engine restart bypass relay. M
4. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass relay termi-
nal and engine restart bypass relay body.
N
+
Engine restart bypass
− Continuity
relay
O
Terminal
1 Body Existed
JSBIA1735ZZ
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass relay.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-2
ECH-285
Check the resistance between engine restart bypass relay terminals
as per the following conditions.
Engine restart bypass relay

Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
12 V direct current sup-
ply between terminal 1 10 mΩ
2 3 and body
No current supply 0Ω JSBIA1736ZZ

ECH-286
A

(Engine restart bypass relay circuit is open
At an engine restart by stop/start system, or shorted.)
ELECTROMAGNETIC D
P1656 the voltage right after the starter motor ac- (Engine restart bypass control relay circuit
TORQUE CONTROL
tivation is less than 7.52 V. is open or shorted.)
• Engine restart bypass relay
• Engine restart bypass control relay
E
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE F
Perform "Diagnosis Procedure" to check all the functions of the engine restart bypass relay circuit because
DTC P1656 may not be detected depending on the status of battery or engine.
G
H
1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuse.
Location Fuse No. Capacity J

Fuse block (J/B) 7 20A
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY L
4. Check the voltage between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ground. M
+
N
Engine restart bypass control relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1 O
F98 Ground Battery voltage
5
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
ECH-287
+ −
ECM Continuity
trol relay
YES >> GO TO 4.
1. Disconnect engine restart baypass relay harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and engine restart
bypass relay harness connector.
+ −
Engine restart bypass relay Continuity
trol relay
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY
Check the engine restart bypass control relay. Refer to ECH-285, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart
Bypass Control Relay)"
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
Check the engine restart bypass relay. Refer to ECH-285, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Relay)".
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay) INFOID:0000000010500738
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY

ECH-288
3. Check continuity between engine restart bypass control relay
terminals as per the following condition. A
Engine restart bypass control relay

+ − Condition Continuity ECH
Terminal
12 V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Existed C
3 5
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass control relay.
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Relay) INFOID:0000000010500739
E
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-1

F
2. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
3. Remove engine restart bypass relay.
4. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass relay termi- G
nal and engine restart bypass relay body.
+ H
Engine restart bypass
− Continuity
relay
Terminal I
1 Body Existed
Is the inspection result normal? J
JSBIA1735ZZ
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-2 K
Check the resistance between engine restart bypass relay terminals
as per the following conditions.
L
Engine restart bypass relay
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.) M
Terminal
12 V direct current sup-
ply between terminal 1 10 mΩ
2 3 and body N
No current supply 0Ω JSBIA1736ZZ

P
ECH-289
P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or other component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
• Cooling fan
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
P1675 Engine overheating When engine coolant temperature is too high.
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant bypass
valve
• Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio.
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
ECH-290
YES >> GO TO 4. A
ECH
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. C
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
E
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Check cooling fan operation. F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. G
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1
Check cooling system for leak.
H
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
I
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2
Check the following for leak.
• Hose J
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump K
• Reservoir tank
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. L

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap.
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
N
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
Check engine coolant bypass valve system. Refer to EC9-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THERMOSTAT P
Check thermostat.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace thermostat.
ECH-291
Check engine coolant temperature sensor routing circuit. Refer to EC9-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> Perform overheating cause analysis. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 2 and 3 under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Condition Resistance (Ω)

−10°C (14°F) 12,600 ± 1100
25°C (77°F) 2200 ± 112
50°C (122°F) 810 ± 39
2 and 3
80°C (176°F) 283 ± 8
110°C (230°F) 1156 ± 3
120°C (248°F) 88 ± 2
NO >> Replace Engine coolant temperature sensor.
ECH-292
P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A

• An excessively low voltage from the TP
INTAKE THROTTLE ACTU- sensor is sent to ECM.
(Electric throttle control motor circuit is
P2100 ATOR CONTROL - H • An excessively high current from the TP
open or shorted) D
BRIDGE sensor is sent to ECM.
• Electric throttle control actuator
• TP sensor becomes over temperature.

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: F
>> GO TO 2. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
2. Check ECM connector connection. K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection. M
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
O
nector.
ECH-293

ECM
ator Continuity
1 132
F18
2 136
3 90
F46 Existed
4 82
F17
5 65
6 87
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.

ing conditions.
Terminal Resistance
ECH-294
A

INTAKE THROTTLE ACTU- ECM detects abnormally closed position of (Electric throttle control motor circuit is
P2119
ATOR OFFSET LEARNING throttle control valve. open or shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator D

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. G
4. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

2. Check ECM connector connection.
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY N
1. Remove the intake air duct.

2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the electric throttle control actuator and the housing.
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FITTING CONDITION
Check electric throttle control actuator fitting condition.
YES >> GO TO 5.
ECH-295
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR MOVING CONDITION

Check electric throttle control actuator moving condition.
YES >> GO TO 6.
Perform throttle valve closed position learning for two times. Refer to ECH-120, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “THL POS TK 1” and “THL POS TK 2”.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle.
CAUTION:
5. Check the indication.
Is the indication fluctuation normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
nector.

ECM
ator Continuity
1 132
F18
2 136
3 90
F46 Existed
4 82
F17
5 65
6 87
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

ing conditions.
ECH-296
Terminal Resistance A
C
ECH-297
P2120 APP SENSOR
P2120 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Signal voltage from the APP sensor 2 re- • Harness or connectors
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
mains at more than 0.7 V / less than 0.05 V (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2120 POSITION SENSOR -
for 0.25 seconds or more. And then ECM • Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
TRACK 2
does not detect DTC P0641. • Accelerator pedal

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

2. Check ground connection E4.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and ground.

Ground Voltage
Sensor Connector Terminal
1 E20 4 Ground Approx. 5V
2 E20 5 Ground Approx. 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor.
connector.
ECH-298
P2120 APP SENSOR
Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM A

Continuity
1 E20 2 E9 30 Existed
ECH
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
connector.
E

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
Refer to ECH-299, "Component Inspection". I
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal. J
connector.
L
Continuity
M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
P
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor as follows.
ECH-299
P2120 APP SENSOR
Sensor Terminals Resistance

1 4 and 2 1.7 ± 0.9 kΩ
2 5 and 1 2.8 ± 2.05 kΩ
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal.
ECH-300
P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0120, P0220, or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0120, P0220, or P0651. Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". C

D
• Harness or connector
THROTTLE CORRELATION Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 BETWEEN THE TWO SEN- compared with the signals from TP sensor shorted.)
SORS 1 and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator E
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION K

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION M
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT O
P
nector.
ECH-301
P2135 TP SENSOR
+ −
Sensor Electric throttle actuator ECM Continuity
1 6 87
F46 F17 Existed
2 4 82
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to ECH-302, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010379173

5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
87 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.28

(TP sensor 1) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.64
F18 90
82 Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.74
(TP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.38
ECH-302
P2263 TC SYSTEM
P2263 TC SYSTEM
A

NOTE:
If DTC P2263 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
Refer to ECH-86, "DTC Index". C
• P0001, P0002, P0045, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217,
P0402, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0627, P0641 and P0651.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open
or shorted.) E
• Differences between boost pressure • Turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air
and target value are less than -150 hPa. temperature sensor)
TURBOCHARGER
(Boost pressure is too high) • Vacuum air circuit
P2263 BOOST CONTROL FUNC- F
• Differences between boost pressure • Air filter
TION
and target value are more than 150 hPa. • Turbocharger
(Boost pressure is too low) • Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Fuel flow actuator
G
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2263 can not be duplicate. I

J
1.CHECK AIR FILTER K

Check that air filter is not obstructed.
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT M
Check that intake air duct is not obstructed.
YES >> GO TO 3. N
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
Check exhaust gas leak. O
YES >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the turbocharger boost sensor.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
ECH-303
P2263 TC SYSTEM
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check the turbocharger.
ECH-304
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
A
CHARGING SYSTEM C
P2504 — —
VOLTAGE
ECH-305
STOP LAMP SWITCH
STOP LAMP SWITCH

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed On
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released Off
Without CONSULT
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
ECH-306
STOP LAMP SWITCH
+ A
Connector Terminal
ECH
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
E
+ −
F
E50 4 E9 17 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to ECH-307, "Component Inspection". I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1 K

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions. L
Stop lamp switch

M
Terminal
Depressed Not existed N
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2 P
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-18, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-52,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
ECH-307
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Stop lamp switch

Terminal
3 4 Brake pedal
Released Existed
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
ECH-308
HOOD SWITCH
HOOD SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH FUNCTION ECH

With CONSULT
2. Select “HOOD SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. C
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication D

Close Off
HOOD SW Engine hood
Open On
E
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
F
+
Voltage
Hood switch – Condition G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine Close 0V
E100 1 Ground H
hood Open Battery voltage
YES >> INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector. K
3. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.
+ L
Voltage
Hood switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O
2. Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
P
+ −
Hood switch IPDM E/R Continuity
E100 1 E102 60 Existed
ECH-309
HOOD SWITCH
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.
+
Hood switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check the hood switch.
NO >> Replace hood lock.
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between hood switch terminals as per the following conditions.
Hood switch
+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Open Existed
1 2 Engine hood
Close Not existed
NO >> Replace hood lock.
ECH-310
STOP/START OFF SWITCH
A
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH FUNCTION ECH

With CONSULT
2. Select “AT STOP START SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
3. Check “AT STOP START SW” indication as per the following condition.
Monitor item Condition Indication D

ON On
AT STOP START SW Stop/start OFF switch
OFF Off
E
NO >> Proceed to ECH-311, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH POWER SUPPLY (INDICATOR) G

2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
+ I
Voltage
Stop/start OFF switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
J
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Check power supply circuit.
2.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT (INDICATOR)
L
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
M
+
Stop/start OFF switch − Continuity
N
Connector Terminal
M110 6 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH POWER SUPPLY (SWITCH) P
Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
ECH-311
+
Voltage
Stop/start OFF switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
+ −
BCM Stop/start OFF switch Continuity
M69 99 M110 1 Existed
YES >> Check BCM power supply and ground circuit.
5.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
−
Stop/start OFF switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
M110 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH
Check the stop/start OFF switch. Refer to ECH-312, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch.
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH

2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connectors as per the following condition.
ECH-312
Stop/start OFF switch A

+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
ECH
Pressed Existed
1 2 Stop/start OFF switch
Released Not existed
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch.
D
ECH-313
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HRA2DDT]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010379190
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 —
Sub fuel pump circuit 1 1 —
Fuel pressure regulator sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 —
tem
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 —
Air Electric throttle control actua-
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 —
tor
Igni-
Ignition coil circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 —
tion
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 —
Engine coolant temperature sensor
1 3 3 —
circuit 3
1 2 2 2 2 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit —
Throttle position sensor circuit —
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir- 2 2
3 2 1 —
cuit
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 —
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir-
2 2 —
cuit
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 —
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 —
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 —
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 —
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
ECH-314
SYMPTOM A

ECH



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code A F

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL HA
M
Fuel Fuel tank —
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 — G
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 H
Poor fuel (Heavy weight
—
gasoline, Low octane)
Air Air duct —
I
Air cleaner —
Air leakage from air duct
[Manifold absolute pres-
sure (MAP) sensor — —
J
electric throttle control ac-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tuator]
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac- K
—
tuator
Air leakage from intake
manifold/Collector/Gas- — L
ket
Crank- Battery —
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit — M
Starter circuit 3 1 —
Signal plate 6 —
N
PNP signal 4 —
Engine Cylinder head —
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3 — O
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring P
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 —
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
ECH-315
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL HA
M
Valve Timing belt —
mecha-
Camshaft —
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve —
3
Exhaust valve —
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/
—
haust Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst —
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/ —
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil —

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator
—
filler cap
Thermostat 5 —
Water pump —
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery —
Cooling fan —
Coolant level (Low)/Con- 5
—
taminated coolant
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
1 1 —
System)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
ECH-316
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HRA2DDT]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Inspection INFOID:0000000010379191
ECH
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
C
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
E
F
JSBIA0335ZZ
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick- G
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
H
SEF989X J
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

K
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/
Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum: L
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View". M
SEF943S
ECH-317
VACUUM LINES
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HRA2DDT]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

VACUUM LINES
Vacuum Layout INFOID:0000000010501191
JSBIA4856ZZ
1. Intake manifold 2. Engine coolant bypass valve control 3. Engine coolant bypass valve control
solenoid valve actuator
4. TC wastegate control actuator 5. Turbocharger 6. TC wastegate control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
ECH-318
ECM
ECM
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010501192
ECH
I
JSBIA4864GB
1. Battery mounting bracket 2. Bracket A 3. Bracket B J

4. ECM
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

K
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010501193

L
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
M
REMOVAL
2. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-243, "Removal and Installation". N
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
4. Remove battery, battery cover and battery tray. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove bracket A with ECM. O
6. Remove ECM from bracket B.
INSTALLATION
P
Install in the reverse order of removal.
ECH-319
DC/DC CONVERTER
DC/DC CONVERTER
JSBIA4865GB
1. DC/DC converter 2. Bracket

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010501199
REMOVAL
2. Remove glove box cover. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
3. Remove bracket with DC/DC converter.
4. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connectors.
INSTALLATION
ECH-320
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
A
ECH
I
JSBIA4866GB
1. Engine restart bypass relay 2. Battery mounting bracket J

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010501201 K
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery, battery cover and battery tray. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Disconnect engine restart bypass relay harness connectors.
3. Remove bracket with engine restart bypass relay.
M
INSTALLATION
N
ECH-321
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HRA2DDT]

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000010379194
Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
ECH-322

Engine Control System (HR) : Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System (HR) : Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (HR)

AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM ................................ 33

THERMOSTAT CONTROL ....................................... 34

P0606 ECM ....................................................... 244 P10AA ECM .................................................... 269

P060A ECM ...................................................... 245 P1512 STARTER MOTOR .............................. 270 I

Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010506181

HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL

D4D engine : 20 minutes

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. I

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

No. Component Reference

No. Component Reference

Radiator assembly Behind front fender protector LH Instrument lower panel

No. Component Reference A

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010471148

Clutch pedal Clutch interlock switch

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000010379007

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010379010

Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471169

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010379011

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine I

Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471166

Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000010471138

EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010379012

Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010471149

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010471147

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER K

Hood switch is located in the hood lock assembly. Hood switch

Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000010379017

Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010379018

Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010379021

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is installed on the

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000010379019

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010379014

Condition Fuel pump operation K

Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.

The stop/start indicator lamp is located on the combination meter.

Stop/start indicator lamp status

System condition Condition Stop/start indicator lamp Warning chime

The stop/start OFF switch is mounted on the switch panel of the

: Coolant temperature sensor

Turbocharger wastegate control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000010436298

Turbocharger bypass valve control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000010436213

COMBUSTION CONTROL ECH-30, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"

Limp-home Position Checking Phase:

CALCULATION OF THE AIR FLOW

Two sensors measure the combustion efficiency:

THREE WAY CATALYST PRINCIPLE

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Engine Turbocharger temperature 670 °C (1238 °F) or less

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) H

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000010435772

SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000010435773

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Input signal to ECM ECM function ECM function Actuator